Merge Grant and Aaron edit to Galatians

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-12-15 16:31:38 -05:00
parent 93fe67b3eb
commit 3498b23dcd
1 changed files with 227 additions and 184 deletions

View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ GAL 1 1 o4ns Παῦλος 1 Here, Paul is introducing himself as the author o
GAL 1 1 uhhp figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul is speaking of himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “This letter is from me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ δι’ ἀνθρώπου 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate this phrase using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “not from men or through man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
GAL 1 1 rcnw figs-explicit οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the word **from** indicates source. The phrase **not from men** means that humans are not the source of Pauls apostleship and that he was not commissioned or appointed an apostle by humans. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “not through the commissioning of humans” or “not through human commission” or “not sent out by people” or “not because I was appointed and sent by a group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 1 yqma figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπωνἀνθρώπου 1 Although the terms **men** and **man** are masculine, Paul uses them here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. Alternate translation: “humans … humans” or “people … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 1 yqma figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων & ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the terms **men** and **man** are masculine, Paul uses them here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. Alternate translation: “humans … humans” or “people … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 1 k2dw δι’ ἀνθρώπου, ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Both times that the word **through** is used in this verse it indicates agency/means and refers to the agency/means by which Pauls was commissioned as an apostle. Choose the best word in your language to indicate the meaning of the word **through** here. Alternate translation: “through the agency of man, but through the agency of Jesus Christ and God the Father”
GAL 1 1 pvdp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast between different potential agents or means of Pauls commission. The word **but** is introducing a contrast between Pauls apostleship being **not through man** but rather being **through Jesus Christ and God the Father**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 The phrase **the one having raised him from the dead** gives further information about **God the Father**. It is not making a distinction between **God the Father** and **the one having raised him from the dead** as if they are two separate entities. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “God the Father who is the same one who made Jesus Christ live again after he died” or “God the Father who caused Jesus Christ to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GAL 1 3 c1xf Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 See how you chose to translate the phra
GAL 1 3 eivd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, the word **our** refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers in Jesus and so is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. In this book, unless otherwise stated, the word “our” refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 1 4 onj6 figs-distinguish τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 The phrase **the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age** gives us further information about “our Lord Jesus Christ.” It is not making a distinction between them as if they were two different entities. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins Here, **sins** figuratively refers to the punishment for sin and the phrase **for our sins** refers to Christ giving his life “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” or “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” or “to take the punishment for our sins” or “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 1 4 f2pm ἡμῶνἡμῶν 1 See the note on **our** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
GAL 1 4 f2pm ἡμῶν & ἡμῶν 1 See the note on **our** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
GAL 1 4 haib figs-abstractnouns τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sins**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 1 4 d8m2 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christ gave himself for our sins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here, the phrase **the present evil age**, refers not only to a time period but also refers to the sinful attitudes and actions that characterize **the present evil age**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from this present time that is dominated by sinfulness” or “from this present evil age with its evil attitudes and desires” or “from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -59,17 +59,17 @@ GAL 1 9 mrv9 figs-activepassive ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 See how you transla
GAL 1 9 eta3 figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 10 ifod grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is being used to introduce Pauls argument against an implied assertion that he altered the content of his gospel message in order to make it more acceptable to people. If it would help your readers, you could express the implied assertion explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? By using these two rhetorical questions Paul is not asking the Galatians for information, but is using the question form for emphasis and to engage his readers thinking. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For I do not seek to persuade men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” or “For I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτιἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι & ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Pauls meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Pauls prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Pauls assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Pauls assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 1 12 kdol figs-parallelism οὐδὲἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε ἐδιδάχθην 1 The phrase **I did not receive it from man** and the phrase **nor was I taught it** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I did not receive the gospel that I proclaim from any person” or “no human being taught me the gospel that I proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
GAL 1 12 kdol figs-parallelism οὐδὲ & ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε ἐδιδάχθην 1 The phrase **I did not receive it from man** and the phrase **nor was I taught it** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I did not receive the gospel that I proclaim from any person” or “no human being taught me the gospel that I proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
GAL 1 12 er9c figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” See how you translated the word **man** in [1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” or “a human source” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 12 y2am figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 1 12 hlg6 figs-explicit αὐτόἐδιδάχθην 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **it** refer back to “the gospel” which Paul “proclaimed” which he mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I proclaimed … was I taught the gospel that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 12 hlg6 figs-explicit αὐτό & ἐδιδάχθην 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **it** refer back to “the gospel” which Paul “proclaimed” which he mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I proclaimed … was I taught the gospel that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 12 qohz figs-ellipsis ἐδιδάχθην 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was I taught it by any person” or “was I taught it by man” or “was I taught it by a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 1 12 g1o6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to the phrases **receive it from man** and **taught it**. In contrast to Paul receiving the message he proclaimed from a human source or being **taught it** Paul received it from a divine source. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 1 12 leqs δι’ 1 Alternate translation: “through a”
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ GAL 1 14 gdwi grammar-collectivenouns τῷ γένει μου 1 The word **race
GAL 1 14 bcdo figs-metaphor τῶν πατρικῶν μου 1 Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If your readers would not understand what **fathers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of my ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 1 15 w6zi grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected. What would be expected is that Paul would continue thinking and acting according to the way he formerly did as described in [1:14](../01/14.md). Instead, God **called** Paul, and as the next verse says, God revealed Jesus to him, so that he might teach the Gentiles about Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 1 15 ofqm figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 15 qu8s figs-distinguish ὅτεεὐδόκησεν ὁ, ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 The statement **having set me apart from the womb of my mother and having called {me} through his grace** gives us further information about the **the one** (God). It is not making a distinction. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “when God, who is the one who set me apart from my mothers womb and called me through his grace, was pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
GAL 1 15 qu8s figs-distinguish ὅτε & εὐδόκησεν ὁ, ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 The statement **having set me apart from the womb of my mother and having called {me} through his grace** gives us further information about the **the one** (God). It is not making a distinction. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “when God, who is the one who set me apart from my mothers womb and called me through his grace, was pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
GAL 1 15 iyc1 figs-idiom ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου 1 The phrase **from the womb of my mother** is a Hebrew idiom which means either “from the day of my birth” or “from before birth.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the day I was born” or “from before I was born.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 1 15 wd26 figs-explicit καλέσας 1 who called me through his grace Here, the word **called** means “to choose and summon.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen and summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 15 wlph figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ GAL 1 17 w82a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word
GAL 1 17 zqih figs-go ἀπῆλθον εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
GAL 1 18 c7gb grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events just described. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
GAL 1 18 rej5 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
GAL 1 19 av43 grammar-connect-exceptions ἕτεροντῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only other apostles I saw were James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 1 19 av43 grammar-connect-exceptions ἕτερον & τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only other apostles I saw were James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 1 20 d9yv figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 **behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Here, Paul uses a phrase that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
GAL 1 20 pp11 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **before God** is an oath. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an oath from your language that would be appropriate in this context or you could make it clear in your translation that Paul is making an oath. Alternate translation: “I solemnly testify before God” or “in Gods presence I testify” or “I swear with God as my witness” or “I swear before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 21 ny6z grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς 1 The word **then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events Paul has just described in [1:18-19](../01/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase or by expressing the meaning in some other way that is natural to your readers. Alternate translation: “After I left Jerusalem I went to” or “After that I went to” or “Afterwards I went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
GAL 1 22 y6l4 figs-activepassive ἤμηνἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “none of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 1 22 wleq figs-synecdoche ἤμηνἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the main feature of his appearance, his **face**, to refer figuratively to seeing his entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 1 22 y6l4 figs-activepassive ἤμην & ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “none of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 1 22 wleq figs-synecdoche ἤμην & ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the main feature of his appearance, his **face**, to refer figuratively to seeing his entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 1 22 sr0y figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in Christ** to describe the union believers have with Christ and here it is specifically describing/modifying **the churches of Judea**. If it would help your readers you could use a fuller phrase to describe what the phrase “in Christ” means here. See the discussion of this phrase in “Part 3: Important Translation Issues” in the “Introduction to 1 Corinthians” section. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 1 23 bdmz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between what the Judean believers did know about Paul (they were **hearing** that he was **now proclaiming the faith**) with what they did not know about Paul (how he looked, [1:22](../01/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 1 23 hw08 μόνονἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 Alternate translation: “all that the believers in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying” or “all that the people belonging to the churches in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying”
GAL 1 23 hw08 μόνον & ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 Alternate translation: “all that the believers in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying” or “all that the people belonging to the churches in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying”
GAL 1 23 ss1e figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **The one** refers to Paul. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 23 bh1m figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 1 23 lo0r figs-metonymy τὴν πίστιν 1 Paul is figuratively describing the message about Jesus (the gospel) by association with **faith**, which is the response that the message about Jesus requires or solicits. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the good news about Jesus” or “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ GAL 2 2 svvy εἰς κενὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for no purpose”
GAL 2 3 wyrr grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing an idea that is in contrast to an idea that was presented in [2:2](../02/02.md). Paul is probably presenting the fact that **not even Titus … was forced to be circumcised** as being in contrast to the idea in [2:2](../02/02.md) that he might have “run in vain” (labored in vain). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]
GAL 2 3 ybww figs-distinguish ὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν 1 The phrase **the one with me** and the phrase **being a Greek** both give further information about **Titus**. Neither of these phrases is making a distinction between **Titus** and some other person. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my non-Jewish ministry partner, Titus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν, ἠναγκάσθη περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised The phrase **was forced to be circumcised** is passive. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not even require my Greek ministry partner, Titus, to be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 4 kwoz διὰ δὲἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 The word **But** could: (1) be connected to [2:3](../02/03.md) and be giving the reason why some people were demanding that Titus be circumcised. Alternate translation: “But this issue occurred because of” (2) be connected to [2:1-2](../02/01.md) and be giving the reason why Paul “went up again to Jerusalem” (2:1) and privately “set before” (communicated to) the church leaders in Jerusalem the gospel that he proclaimed among the Gentiles (2:2). Alternate translation: “But I talked to them privately because” or “But we went to Jerusalem because of” (3) be beginning a sentence which Paul never completes. Alternate translation (notice that only the punctuation differs from the ULT, the closing “—” indicates that Paul does not complete his thought before moving onto the next verse): “But it was because of … so that they will enslave us—”
GAL 2 4 kwoz διὰ δὲ & ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 The word **But** could: (1) be connected to [2:3](../02/03.md) and be giving the reason why some people were demanding that Titus be circumcised. Alternate translation: “But this issue occurred because of” (2) be connected to [2:1-2](../02/01.md) and be giving the reason why Paul “went up again to Jerusalem” (2:1) and privately “set before” (communicated to) the church leaders in Jerusalem the gospel that he proclaimed among the Gentiles (2:2). Alternate translation: “But I talked to them privately because” or “But we went to Jerusalem because of” (3) be beginning a sentence which Paul never completes. Alternate translation (notice that only the punctuation differs from the ULT, the closing “—” indicates that Paul does not complete his thought before moving onto the next verse): “But it was because of … so that they will enslave us—”
GAL 2 4 j5ka figs-metaphor παρεισάκτους ψευδαδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι 1 The false brothers came in secretly Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were spies. He means that they came pretending to be fellow believers with the intent of observing what Paul and the other believers were doing. By using this metaphor Paul means that these people had bad motives for wanting to observe the believers. If your readers would not understand what **spy on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “people who pretended to be Christians, who came into our midst in order to watch us closely,” or “people who said they were Christians but were not, who came into our group to view closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 4 jx0q παρεισάκτους 1 In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the phrase **brought in** could mean: (1) that these **false brothers** were invited in by someone. Alternate translation: “secretly invited” or (2) that they came into the midst of the believers by their own initiative. Alternate translation: “deceptive coming of”
GAL 2 4 fpkc figs-explicit ψευδαδέλφους 1 Here, the word **brothers** does not refer to biological brothers but rather to believers in Jesus. The phrase **false brothers** refers to those who pretended to be fellow believers in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ GAL 2 4 uvjw figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul uses the spa
GAL 2 4 v9fp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which the **false brothers** spied on their freedom, to **enslave them**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 2 4 l7n7 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 to make us slaves Paul is speaking about how these people wanted to force the Galatian believers to follow the Jewish rituals that the law commanded. He is speaking about following the law as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslave** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to force us to obey the law”or “in order to make us slaves to the law” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 5 pow3 figs-exclusive εἴξαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatian Christians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 5 w6dm figs-explicit οἷς οὐδὲεἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 Here, to **not … yield in submission** means “to not agree with and comply with the demands of” the people who said that Titus needed to be circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “we did not give in to their demands” or “we did not comply with what they wanted us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 5 w6dm figs-explicit οἷς οὐδὲ & εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 Here, to **not … yield in submission** means “to not agree with and comply with the demands of” the people who said that Titus needed to be circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “we did not give in to their demands” or “we did not comply with what they wanted us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 5 bba7 figs-abstractnouns εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 yield in submission If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **submission**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 5 smpn figs-idiom ὥραν 1 Here, the phrase **an hour** refers to a short period of time. If you have an equivalent expression in your culture you could use that or if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate Pauls meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a short period of time” or “a short amount of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 2 5 a3hr grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul and his ministry partners **did not … yield in submission** to those who taught that circumcision was necessary. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ GAL 2 6 st6l figs-explicit ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν, οὐδέν μοι
GAL 2 6 c9xx figs-idiom πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” The phrase **God does not accept the face of man** is an idiom which means that God does not base his judgements and decisions on external factors. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God does not judge with partiality” or “God does not look at external factors when making decisions” or “God does not show partiality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 2 6 nm0b figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a general sense to mean all people in general, including women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
GAL 2 6 ku3t οἱ δοκοῦντες 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “those who seemed to be important” in [2:2](../02/02.md).
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶοὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me Here, **me** represents what Paul was teaching. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “added nothing to what I teach” or “did not add anything to my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ & οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me Here, **me** represents what Paul was teaching. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “added nothing to what I teach” or “did not add anything to my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 7 visz grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 Paul uses the phrase **But on the contrary** to introduce a contrast to the idea that the leaders in Jerusalem might have added anything to the content of his message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 7 l5m5 figs-explicit ἰδόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having seen** means “having understood**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 7 vlpz figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God entrusted me with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ GAL 2 8 e5wv figs-metonymy τῆς περιτομῆς 1 See how you translated
GAL 2 8 n1b6 figs-ellipsis ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “also worked in me for apostleship to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 2 9 qfp1 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 9 dt40 figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντεςεἶναι 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones seeming to be** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντες & εἶναι 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones seeming to be** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν…κοινωνίας 1 gave…the right hand of fellowship Here, **gave the right hand** is an action that indicates agreement. Shaking hands indicated that they agreed with each other and were pledging to work together as ministry partners towards the same goal. Essentially, they would be in fellowship and shaking each others right hand indicated this. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν & κοινωνίας 1 gave … the right hand of fellowship Here, **gave the right hand** is an action that indicates agreement. Shaking hands indicated that they agreed with each other and were pledging to work together as ministry partners towards the same goal. Essentially, they would be in fellowship and shaking each others right hand indicated this. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
GAL 2 9 yxvz figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 9 bl9v grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave the right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 2 9 uuss figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The words he is leaving out are probably “go” or “proclaim the good news.” If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we would go to the Gentiles, and they would go the circumcision” or “we would proclaim the good news to the Gentiles, and they would proclaim the good news to the circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ GAL 2 9 j031 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is no
GAL 2 9 n8en figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομήν 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 2 10 fpj8 grammar-connect-exceptions μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Pauls statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md), where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 2 10 v265 figs-exclusive μνημονεύωμεν 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶνμνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν & μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 10 yfu3 figs-nominaladj πτωχῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
GAL 2 11 rdi8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 11 yuav figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-idiom κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην
GAL 2 11 cr74 figs-explicit κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 11 qvig translate-versebridge ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν Κηφᾶς εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, ὅτι κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 This verse gives the result of Cephas hypocritical actions, and [2:12-13](../02/12.md) gives the reason for (and explanation leading to) the result. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by placing verse 12 and 13 before the contents of this verse as modeled by the UST. You would need to adapt or not translate the first phrase in [2:14](../02/14.md), “But when” so that [2:14](../02/14.md) begins with (or with something similar to) the phrase “I saw” as modeled by the UST. You would then present the combined verses as 11-13. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
GAL 2 12 yeeb grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces Pauls reason for why he “opposed” Cephas “to his face” (see [2:11](../02/11.md)) and for why Paul claimed in [2:11](../02/11.md) that Cephas “stood condemned.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. If it would be more natural in your language to state the reason for an action before giving the result see the note for [2:11](../02/11.md) on creating a verse bridge. Alternate translation: “The reason is that” or “The reason that Peter stood condemned is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖνἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖν & ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
GAL 2 12 b23d grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from Alternate translation: “stayed away from”
GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision If it would help your readers, the reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly as modeled by the UST. See [6:12](../06/12.md) where Paul says that those trying to compel the Galatian believers were doing so because the did not want to be persecuted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -200,22 +200,22 @@ GAL 2 14 va3a figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγε
GAL 2 14 s978 figs-quotations εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 This is the beginning of a direct quotation in which Paul quotes what he **said to Cephas**. Some Bible scholars think this quote ends at the end of this verse while other Bible scholars think that this quotation goes until the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Some Bible scholars think that part of Pauls words in [2:15-21](../02/15.md) could be him summarizing what he said to Peter and the Jews who were present. The ULT uses quotation marks from this point through the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating that Pauls words from here to the end of [2:21](../02/21.md) are a quotation. If you decide that Paul is only quoting himself through the end of this verse then use a natural way in your language for indicating that Pauls words from here to the end of this verse are a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphatically rebuke Cephas and to help Cephas understand the hypocrisy of his actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very hypocritical for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” or “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very wrong for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 2 14 qlzt grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you, being a Jew, live like a Gentile, and not a like Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 2 14 ish9 figs-yousingular σὺἀναγκάζεις 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse refer to Peter and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 2 14 ish9 figs-yousingular σὺ & ἀναγκάζεις 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse refer to Peter and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 2 15 vjsh figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **We** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 15 tzxo ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 Alternate translation: “We had Jewish parents and are not Gentiles”
GAL 2 15 tz45 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need Gods forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 16 vduo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 2 16 y3tl figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται & δικαιωθῶμεν & δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 16 s2ys figs-possession ἔργων νόμου -1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe what types of **works** he is referring to. He is specifically referring to works of the Mosaic law. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses” or “doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded” or “doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys” or “obey”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 16 ncnt grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but rather only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖςδικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 2 16 gp4w grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Here, the word **For** re-introduces and re-states the reason why Cephas and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**. They **believed in Jesus Christ** for the reason that **by works of the law no flesh will be justified**. The phrase **by works of the law no flesh will be justified** is saying the exact same thing, in slightly different words, as the phrase which occurs earlier in the verse which says **no man is justified by works of the law**. If it would not be natural in your language to re-introduce the reason after the result you could re-introduce and re-state the result. Alternate translation: “We believed in Christ Jesus because no flesh will be justified by works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** refers to human beings. Paul uses a part of humans to refer to the entire human. The phrase “any flesh” means “any person.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 2 16 ctbj figs-extrainfo οὐ…ἄνθρωπος…πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
GAL 2 16 ctbj figs-extrainfo οὐ & ἄνθρωπος & πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
GAL 2 17 gf9q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word “But” to introduce new information into his ongoing explanation for why justification is through faith in Christ and not obeying the Law of Moses. Here, Paul is anticipating, and answering, a possible objection to justification by faith. The word **But** introduces this. Use a natural form in your language for doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 2 17 gtu7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 2 17 vnp6 figs-explicit ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in Gods sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -223,21 +223,21 @@ GAL 2 17 m0tl figs-activepassive δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1
GAL 2 17 s2r8 figs-exclusive εὑρέθημεν 1 When Paul says **we** here it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 2 17 mg0h figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 Paul uses the word **ourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
GAL 2 17 ph83 figs-activepassive εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοίἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοί & ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 17 qw76 figs-rquestion ἆρα Χριστὸς ἁμαρτίας διάκονος 1 The phrase **is Christ then a minister of sin** is a rhetorical question. Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 2 17 yy9s μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! The expression **May it never be** gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?**. Use a natural way in your language for strongly and emphatically negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “No, never!” or “No way!”
GAL 2 18 mwuo figs-metaphor ἃ κατέλυσα, ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνω 1 Paul speaks of no longer thinking it is necessary to obey all the laws of Moses as if he were destroying the law of Moses. When he speaks of rebuilding **those things** he is referring to going back again to acting like, and teaching, that it is necessary to keep the laws of Moses. Paul is saying in this verse that he would be sinning if he **again** tried to go back to living as if it was necessary to obey the laws of Moses after becoming convinced that it was not necessary. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rebuild** or destroy in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 19 wdaa grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is introducing the reason that Paul said **May it never be” in [2:17](../02/17.md) and and also introducing information which gives support for what he said in [2:18](../02/18.md). Use a natural form for introducing a reason for something that was said prior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 2 19 zqqw διὰ νόμου 1 Alternate translation: “by means of the law”
GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼνόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Pauls experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼ & νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Pauls experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 19 yl7y grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose or reason for which he **died to the law**. The purpose was **so that** he **might live to God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I might live for God” or “I might live to serve God” or “I might live to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 19 xg5q figs-metaphor Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 The phrase **I have been crucified with Christ** is a metaphor. Paul is not saying that he literally died with Christ. Paul is using this metaphor to express the reality that as a result of his faith in Christ, and the subsequent union with Christ that his faith has brought about, God now views Paul as if he had died with Christ. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **crucified with Christ** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 19 fh2i figs-activepassive Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “the law” was the reason Christ had to be but to death. Roman soldiers put Jesus to death, but in context Paul is explaining that it was because of the requirements of “the law” that put Christ to died. If you must state the action you could explain this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 2 20 o3jk figs-metaphor ζῶοὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **I no longer live, but Christ lives in me** is a metaphor. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or you could express the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 20 y2qf figs-ellipsis ὃνῦν ζῶ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 2 20 rtmc figs-synecdoche ὃνῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. The phrase **that which I now live in the flesh** means “that life which I now live in the body” and refers to Pauls present life on earth in his physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live in the body” or “that life which I now live in my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 2 20 o3jk figs-metaphor ζῶ & οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **I no longer live, but Christ lives in me** is a metaphor. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or you could express the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 2 20 y2qf figs-ellipsis ὃ & νῦν ζῶ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 2 20 rtmc figs-synecdoche ὃ & νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. The phrase **that which I now live in the flesh** means “that life which I now live in the body” and refers to Pauls present life on earth in his physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live in the body” or “that life which I now live in my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 2 20 a4j0 figs-explicit ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he now lives his life by means of having faith in Gods Son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I live by having faith in Gods Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **the Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
GAL 2 20 m55w figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με 1 The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ GAL 2 21 g5b8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your
GAL 2 21 ogus figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “righteous”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is not true. Paul stated two times in [2:16](../02/16.md) that no person is made righteous before God by obeying the Law of Moses. Also, Paul knows that Christ died for a definite purpose. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certainly false, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as a negative statement. If your language does state things as a hypothetical possibility that the speaker is trying to prove false then use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “since we know that righteousness is through faith in Christ and not through the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” or “because we know that God considers us righteousness because we believe in Christ and not because we keep the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 2 21 imxg grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Use a natural way in your language for expressing conditional “if … then” constructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰδιὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰ & διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 2 21 dv5f διὰ νόμου 1 The phrase **through the law** is equivalent in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the phrase “by works of the law” the two times that it occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md).
GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing Alternate translation: “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying” or “then it was pointless for Christ to die”
GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality in Christ<br><br>All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter in contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”<br>Bible scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit all of the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Pauls other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -269,17 +269,17 @@ GAL 3 3 vof3 figs-rquestion ἐναρξάμενοι Πνεύματι, νῦν σ
GAL 3 3 croz figs-ellipsis ἐναρξάμενοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Having begun the Christian life” or “Having begun your new relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 3 3 xff5 Πνεύματι 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh Paul is describing the actions a person does while in their body by association with their body, which he calls **flesh**. Here, **flesh** refers to a reliance on ones own effort in doing outward deeds and doing these actions with a self-sufficient and self-reliant trust in them instead of trusting God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about the implications of believing and following the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing & ? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about the implications of believing and following the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 4 xujz figs-extrainfo τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 The original word that Paul used which is translated as **experienced** by the ULT could refer to: (1) the spiritual privileges and blessings that the Galatian believers had experienced such as receiving Gods Spirit when they believed in Jesus and God “working miracles” among them, both of which are mentioned in the next verse. If your language does not allow you to use a neutral term but rather requires a more specific term you could specify that the things the Galatians experienced were good things as modeled by the UST. (2) experiencing bad things such as suffering. If this is what Paul means here, then he is referring to the suffering that the Galatians believers experienced when they were persecuted. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that if what God has done for you was because of your obeying the laws that God gave to Moses and not because of trusting in Christ, did you not suffer many things needlessly? I certainly hope that you did not suffer like that needlessly” (3) both good things and bad things here and be referring to both the persecution that the Galatians had experienced and the spiritual blessings that they had experienced. Because it is not known for sure what type of things that Paul is referring to, if possible you should try to use a neutral term or expression. You could then translate this rhetorical question as the ULT does or with a similar neutral phrase such as “Did all the things that happened to you not cause you to think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
GAL 3 4 mvad ἐπάθετε 1 Alternate translation: “Did you experience”
GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇκαὶ εἰκῇ 1 for nothing Alternate translation: “uselessly … it was really uselessly” or “in vain … it was really in vain” or “for no purpose … it was really for no purpose”
GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ & καὶ εἰκῇ 1 for nothing Alternate translation: “uselessly … it was really uselessly” or “in vain … it was really in vain” or “for no purpose … it was really for no purpose”
GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-hypo εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** shows contingency regarding his rhetorical question **Have you experienced so many things for nothing** and shows that Paul still has hope for the Galatians. Paul hopes that the Galatians will not make the **many things** that they have **experienced** be **for nothing** by following the false teachers who were teaching that it was necessary that they follow the laws of Moses such as circumcision and the dietary laws it required. Paul is making a hypothetical statement to help his readers recognize the serious implications of following the teachings of the false teachers instead of trusting in Jesus alone. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if indeed it was really for nothing that you experienced so many things, but I hope with you that this is not the case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 3 4 mx8b figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to help the Galatians think about what he is saying and to show that he still has hope that they will not follow the teachings of the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 5 fuzy figs-rquestion ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν τὸ Πνεῦμα καὶ ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 This entire verse is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to teach the Galatians a truth by engaging their reasoning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God who gives you his Spirit and does miracles among you does not do these things because you obey the law of Moses. Surely you must know that God gives you these blessings because you believed the good news about the Messiah when you heart it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 5 upx9 figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 5 xoax Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
GAL 3 5 qnkz figs-possession ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **by hearing of faith** in [3:02](../03/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Does he…do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Does he do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 5 j4vz figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 by the works of the law See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by hearing with faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 6 ahy9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **Just as** indicates that what follows is connected to what precedes it, specifically [3:1-5](../03/01.md). The phrase **Just as** is also introducing new information. The new information that this phrase is introducing is the biblical example of Abraham. Use a form that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “Even as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -289,9 +289,9 @@ GAL 3 6 ghuy figs-explicit ἐλογίσθη 1 Here, the word **it** refers to
GAL 3 6 f7sv figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 7 i9x4 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 those of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 7 rh9q figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Your language may require you to state the object of **faith**. Here, the phrase **by faith** is probably a shortened way of of saying “who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ”. Here, the phrase **by faith** is equivalent or similar in meaning to the phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the ones who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “the ones who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor υἱοίἈβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham People who have faith in God, as Abraham did, are here spoken of as if they were Abrahams **sons**. Paul does not mean that people who have faith in God are Abrahams biological descendants but rather he is saying that they share a spiritual similarity to him because they believe in God, therefore Paul calls them **sons of Abraham**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of Abraham** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor υἱοί & Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham People who have faith in God, as Abraham did, are here spoken of as if they were Abrahams **sons**. Paul does not mean that people who have faith in God are Abrahams biological descendants but rather he is saying that they share a spiritual similarity to him because they believe in God, therefore Paul calls them **sons of Abraham**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of Abraham** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 7 pq0z figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 υἱοί Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 3 8 vs1m figs-personification προϊδοῦσαἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ Θεὸς, προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ 1 foreseeing Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could foresee **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith** and **preach the gospel**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 3 8 vs1m figs-personification προϊδοῦσα & ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ Θεὸς, προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ 1 foreseeing Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could foresee **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith** and **preach the gospel**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 3 8 wws9 figs-extrainfo ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, the phrase **the Scripture** could refer to: (1) The Scriptures as a whole, referring here to the entire Old Testament. If you are are using capitalization, or some other convention, to indicate when the words “Scripture” and “Scriptures” refer to the entirety of the collected writings of the Bible use that convention here. Here, “Scripture” would only refer to the Old Testament since the New Testament was still in the process of being written at this time. Most likely Paul is referring to the entire Old Testament when he says “the Scripture” here, and then when he quotes Genesis 12:3 at the end of this verse he is giving a specific example of a passage within the Old Testament that teaches **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith**. (2) just the specific scripture reference which is cited at the end of this verse, Genesis 12:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
GAL 3 8 htbq figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the object of **faith** explicitly. Alternate translation: “by their faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 8 ojbm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”. Alternate translation: “by their believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -301,11 +301,11 @@ GAL 3 8 qf98 figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ
GAL 3 9 ss1b ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Consequently”
GAL 3 9 l1bq οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones by faith** in [3:7](../03/7.md) where it is used with the same meaning.
GAL 3 9 m5ef figs-activepassive οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones by faith are the ones that God will bless” or “the ones who believe are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 10 r5bm figs-explicit ὅσοιἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν 1 Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is probably a shortened way of saying “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous”. Here, the phrase **of works of the law** is similar in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “no man is justified by works of the law”. Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is describing people who rely on the **works of the law** and is in contrast to the phrase “the ones by faith” in [3:7](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “as many as rely on the works of the law as the basis for being righteous before God” or “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous” or “as many as are trusting that God will consider them righteous because they try to obey the Law of Moses” or “as many as are seeking for God to consider them righteous on the basis of following what the Mosaic Law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 10 r5bm figs-explicit ὅσοι & ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν 1 Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is probably a shortened way of saying “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous”. Here, the phrase **of works of the law** is similar in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “no man is justified by works of the law”. Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is describing people who rely on the **works of the law** and is in contrast to the phrase “the ones by faith” in [3:7](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “as many as rely on the works of the law as the basis for being righteous before God” or “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous” or “as many as are trusting that God will consider them righteous because they try to obey the Law of Moses” or “as many as are seeking for God to consider them righteous on the basis of following what the Mosaic Law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 10 uz3y figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1
GAL 3 10 fv3c figs-activepassive γέγραπταιγεγραμμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 10 fv3c figs-activepassive γέγραπται & γεγραμμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 10 mxe7 ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 the works of the law Alternate translation: “All people who follow the law” or “Everyone who tries to be justified through obeying the law”
GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-explicit ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on…the law are under a curse Here, **under a curse** represents being cursed by God and refers to being condemned by God and therefore being doomed to eternal punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “are cursed by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-explicit ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on the law are under a curse Here, **under a curse** represents being cursed by God and refers to being condemned by God and therefore being doomed to eternal punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “are cursed by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 10 bin9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “curse”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 10 uj98 figs-explicit γέγραπται 1 Here, Paul uses the phrase **it is written** to indicate that what follows is a quotation from the Old Testament Scriptures. Paul assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 11 zyvq figs-activepassive ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God justifies no one as a result of their seeking to obey the Law of Moses” or “God justifies no person on the basis of doing what the Law of Moses commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -318,13 +318,13 @@ GAL 3 11 osgj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteous will live
GAL 3 11 e610 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the object of **faith** here is God. Alternate translation: “by believing in God” or “because they believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 12 jr9l grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 The word **Now** indicates that Paul is introducing new information into his argument and it also indicates that Paul is introducing information that will be in contrast with his statement in [3:11](../03/11.md), that “the law” is not able to justify a person. Use a natural form in your language for indicating these things. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 3 12 hr2x figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 12 r7i7 figs-explicit ὁνόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the phrase **the law is not by faith** means that the Law of Moses is not based on faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the Law of Moses is not founded on faith” or “the Law of Moses is not dependent upon faith” or “when God gave his laws to the Jews he did not make them dependent upon a person believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 12 r7i7 figs-explicit ὁ & νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the phrase **the law is not by faith** means that the Law of Moses is not based on faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the Law of Moses is not founded on faith” or “the Law of Moses is not dependent upon faith” or “when God gave his laws to the Jews he did not make them dependent upon a person believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 12 fml8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is indicating a contrast between **law** and **faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 3 12 opyp writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 The phrase **The one doing these things will live in them** is a quotation from Leviticus 18:5. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations from an important or sacred text. Alternate translation: “but as it is written in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to Gods “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 12 rep5 figs-explicit ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Here, the phrase **will live in them** means FILL or DELETE. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will live because of them” or “will because he obeyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 13 iql5 figs-metaphor ἐξηγόρασεν 1 Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of God sending Jesus to pay for peoples sins by dying on the cross. If your readers would not understand what **redeem** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάραςκατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάρας & κατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul is describing a person who is cursed by God by association with the **curse** itself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “one who was cursed” or “one who was cursed by God” or “one who God cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for”
GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture.
@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθ
GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 3 16 hdfm ἐπαγγελίαι 1 Now See how you translated the word “promise” in [3:14](../03/14.md).
GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Pauls meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one.
GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ & τοῖς σπέρμασιν & τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ & τοῖς σπέρμασιν & τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Pauls meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one.
GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ GAL 3 17 v3gq διαθήκην 1 See how you translated the word “covenant
GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 3 17 ydsw ἐπαγγελίαν 1 See how you translated the word **promise** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ…ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from…then it is no longer from”
GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ & ἐκ & ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from then it is no longer from”
GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of Gods blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “Gods blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμουοὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from”
GAL 3 18 pe31 ἐπαγγελίαςἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the word **promise** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου & οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from”
GAL 3 18 pe31 ἐπαγγελίας & ἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the word **promise** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on Gods promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens.
@ -387,12 +387,12 @@ GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the obje
GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section.
GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁνόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have and to introduce his answer to the question which begins with the phrase **if a was given being able to make alive...** If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you might think that the law is against the promises” or “you might think that the law is opposed to the promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁ & νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have and to introduce his answer to the question which begins with the phrase **if a was given being able to make alive...** If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you might think that the law is against the promises” or “you might think that the law is opposed to the promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises”
GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “Gods promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 21 q7su ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 See how you translated the word “promise” in [3:14](../03/14.md).
GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!”
GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ & ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@ -412,15 +412,15 @@ GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χρι
GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does in this verse.
GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιντὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν & τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ & ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 23 aue6 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 under Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the time when the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and introduce the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as an object of faith. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal the message about trusting in Christ that he was about to reveal” (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “in order to lead us to believe in the good news that God was about to reveal” or “in order that we might be ready to believe the good news concerning Christ, the news that God would reveal later”
GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴνπίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν & πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the faith that God was about to reveal” or “until the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 24 we2y grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 guardian Here, the phrase **So then** is introducing a result. Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “Thus” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 3 24 mcdn figs-metaphor ὁ νόμος, παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν 1 Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what a **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning by using a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -446,14 +446,14 @@ GAL 3 26 mwku figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does
GAL 3 26 kht6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) that the spiritual position of the Galatian believers was “in Christ Jesus.” Alternate translation: “being in union with Christ Jesus” or “you are in union with Christ Jesus” (2) that **Christ Jesus** was the object of Galatian believers faith. Alternate translation: “which is in Christ Jesus” or “towards Christ Jesus”
GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 3 27 yicn figs-explicit ὅσοι 1 The phrase **as many as** means “as many of you as.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοιἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοι & ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 27 v6n1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “a person” did it. Alternate translation: “someone has baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 27 ucuk figs-metaphor εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ Paul speaks of being **baptized into Christ** as if **Christ** were a physical location into which someone could be baptized. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ and coming into close spiritual union with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 27 dgkv figs-metonymy εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ By speaking of baptism, Paul could be describing all of the things which belong to a believers initial conversion experience. Paul would then be associating all of them with one part of their conversion experience, water baptism, in which case baptism is an abbreviated way of referring conversion and the things that are part of it such as belief in Christ, baptism, and receiving Holy Spirit. If you decide that this is what Paul means here, and if it would help your readers, you could indicate this explicitly or you could explain this in a footnote if you are using them. Alternate translation: “God has saved have put on Christ” or “have believed in Christ have put on Christ” or “have experienced Gods salvation have put on Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that those who believe in him have **put on**. Here, when Paul says that all believers have **put on Christ** he means that all believers have identified with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 28 srk1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason for why (if someone is a believer in Christ) it is as if there is no longer **Jew nor Greek** or **slave** or **free** or **male** or **female**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase (which follows the word **for**) gives the reason for the result that the first part of this verse describes. Alternate translation: “Because you are all one in Christ Jesus, there is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 3 28 tu05 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 In this verse, Pauls point is that people who believe in Christ are no longer divided by racial, social, or gender distinctions but rather now have **one** common identity. This new common identity is that they are now **in (union with) Christ**. Paul is not saying that these human distinction no longer exist, rather he is saying that they now cease to be significant because believers have a new spiritual identity, which is being **in Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you who are believers, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” or “For you who believe in Christ, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 28 aonk figs-doublenegatives οὐκἸουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 If your readers would misunderstand these double negatives, you could translate each double negative using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “neither Jew or Greek, there is neither slave or free, there is neither male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
GAL 3 28 aonk figs-doublenegatives οὐκ & Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 If your readers would misunderstand these double negatives, you could translate each double negative using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “neither Jew or Greek, there is neither slave or free, there is neither male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
GAL 3 28 zxfp figs-explicit Ἕλλην 1 Here, the term **Greek** refers to non-Jewish people. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 28 pfrh figs-explicit ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, the term **free** refers to people who are not slaves and thus are free from bondage to a master. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “free person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 28 fy09 γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason. Use a natural form for introducing the reason for something that was said previously. Alternate translation: “because”
@ -461,8 +461,8 @@ GAL 3 28 fakq πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χρι
GAL 3 28 mppd figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **one** to indicate that all believers share the same equal position because of their new identity which they have by being **in Christ**. (Paul is further explaining his statement from the previous verse in which he says that all believers have “put on Christ”, meaning that they have a new and common identity which is derived from and centers on Christ). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** means here. Alternate translation: “one person” or “one and the same standing” or “of equal standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 28 pddu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul speaks of believers being **in Christ Jesus** as if **Christ Jesus** were a physical location into which someone could be. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ in a close spiritual union. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 3 29 ovzy grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰἄρα 1 Paul is using an **if … then” statement to express a hypothetical condition and what the result is for those people who meet the requirement of the condition. Paul is telling the Galatians that **if** they belong to Christ **then** they are Abrahams spiritual descendents. Use a natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 3 29 lth0 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖςἐστέ 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 3 29 ovzy grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ & ἄρα 1 Paul is using an **if … then” statement to express a hypothetical condition and what the result is for those people who meet the requirement of the condition. Paul is telling the Galatians that **if** they belong to Christ **then** they are Abrahams spiritual descendents. Use a natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 3 29 lth0 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς & ἐστέ 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 3 29 wceh ὑμεῖς Χριστοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “you are Christs” or “you belong to Christ”
GAL 3 29 xwrj figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs Paul speaks of believers, who are the spiritual descendants **of Abraham**, as if they were **heirs** who were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. If your readers would not understand what **heirs** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ GAL 4 1 vlu6 κύριος πάντων ὤν 1 Alternate translation: “thoug
GAL 4 2 eyfx grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast and indicating that what follows is in contrast to what came before it in the preceding verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 2 jtpo figs-explicit ἐστὶ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to “the heir” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heir is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 2 ppf1 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπουςκαὶ οἰκονόμους 1 The terms **guardians** and **stewards** refer to two different roles but these terms do not necessarily refer to two different groups of people since one person could have responsibility for filling both roles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “someone who is his guardian and steward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπους & καὶ οἰκονόμους 1 The terms **guardians** and **stewards** refer to two different roles but these terms do not necessarily refer to two different groups of people since one person could have responsibility for filling both roles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “someone who is his guardian and steward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 2 bd5a translate-unknown ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians A guardian was a person who had the role of being responsible for a child. This persons job was to supervise and care for the child whom they were in charge of make sure that the child was instructed in what they should do. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people supervise a child” or “people who are in charge of a child” or “people who are in charge of a minor” or “people who are responsible for a minor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
GAL 4 2 v5g9 translate-unknown οἰκονόμους 1 trustees Here, the word **stewards** refers to people who are entrusted with the role of managing property until the child who is the heir is old enough to inherit it. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people manage the childs possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
GAL 4 2 khzl figs-activepassive προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the “father” did it. Alternate translation: “date which his father appointed” or “time which his father appointed”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were childre
GAL 4 3 rwwj figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who was doing the action, Paul says that “the elemental principles of the world” were doing it. See the note on personification regarding **the elemental principles of this world**. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world were enslaving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Paul speaks of being under the control of **the elemental principles of the world** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 3 l0fg figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the power of” or “under the authority of.” See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the power of” or “under the authority of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμουδεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου & δεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world **the elemental principles of the world** could refer to: (1) the religious and/or moral teachings that people, whether they be a Jew or a non-Jew, seek to obey in order to please God and/or think of themselves as praiseworthy and good. (2) the things prescribed by the Mosaic law. 3) spiritual beings which people thought controlled **the world**.
GAL 4 4 ogo3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast between the time prior to **when the fullness of time came**, which Paul described before this verse, and the time after **the fullness of time came**, which Paul describes in this verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 4 ujfp τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου 1 The phrase **the fullness of time** means “the right time” or “the time that God appointed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the right time” or “the designated time” or “the appointed time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -512,11 +512,11 @@ GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the
GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow.
GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱόςυἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱόςυἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός & υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός & υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -527,22 +527,22 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl
GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντεςγνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them.
GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες & γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them.
GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 4 9 wkt9 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md).
GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain Gods favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is plural here and refers to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέραςκαὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας & καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶςὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς & ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Pauls work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly”
GAL 4 12 mad2 figs-yousingular οἴδατεὑμῖν 1 may have been for nothing In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 4 12 mad2 figs-yousingular οἴδατε & ὑμῖν 1 may have been for nothing In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς
GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσινθέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν & θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good”
GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor πάλιν ὠδίνω 1 I am in the pains of childb
GAL 4 19 u9fp figs-synecdoche μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **Christ would be formed in you** could be: (1) synecdoche in which case Paul is using the word **Christ** to refer to being a mature follower of Christ who is mature in their thinking and whose actions resemble Christs actions. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Christs nature becomes fully developed in you” or “you become a mature follower of Christ” or “you resemble Christ in your actions and in your thinking” (2) be a metaphor in which case Paul is describing the Galatian believers as if they were mothers and Christ was being formed inside them. Alternate translation: “Christ's nature becomes developed in you completely and wholeheartedly as a child becomes developed in his mother's womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 4 19 k4fo figs-activepassive μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forms Christ in you” or “God would form Christ in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 4 20 csin δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “and”
GAL 4 20 ucgi grammar-connect-logic-result ἤθελονπαρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, καὶ ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I am perplexed about you, I am desiring to be present with you now and to change my tone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 4 20 ucgi grammar-connect-logic-result ἤθελον & παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, καὶ ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I am perplexed about you, I am desiring to be present with you now and to change my tone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 4 20 j8on figs-explicit ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου 1 The phrase **change my tone** refers to Paul “changing the manner of his communication” towards the Galatians from being stern and rebuking to being more affectionate. Paul loved the Galatian believers, however, because of the serious nature of the false teaching which the Galatians were being tempted to accept, combined with Pauls physical distance from the Galatians, he felt that he needed to write to them and firmly and sternly correct their false thinking with the hope that they would not believe or follow false teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the phrase **change my tone** means here. Alternate translation: “to speak in a different manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”
GAL 4 21 sf5v figs-yousingular οἱ 1 Here, the word **you** is plural. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ GAL 4 22 gthm figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not
GAL 4 22 ljse figs-quotemarks Ἀβραὰμ δύο υἱοὺς ἔσχεν; ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 In this verse and in all of [4:23](../04/23.md) Paul is summarizing a story from the book of Genesis and is not directly quoting Scripture so you should not use quotation marks or anything else that might cause your readers to think that Paul is directly quoting Scripture here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
GAL 4 22 wbg3 ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 Alternate translation: “one son from the slave girl and one son from the free woman”
GAL 4 23 djsd grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλ’ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce additional information regarding the two sons mentioned in [4:22](../04/22.md). In the remainder of this verse Paul contrasts the way in which the two sons were born. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 4 23 bthj παιδίσκηςἐλευθέρας 1 See how you translated **slave girl** and **free woman** in [4:22](../04/22.md).
GAL 4 23 bthj παιδίσκης & ἐλευθέρας 1 See how you translated **slave girl** and **free woman** in [4:22](../04/22.md).
GAL 4 23 s2pc figs-explicit κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, the phrase **according to the flesh** means that Ishmael was born in the natural way by which all children are born, without God intervening and performing a miracle. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the natural way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 23 wjvp grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. It is introducing a contrast between Ishmael, **the one** who **was born from the slave girl according to the flesh** and Isaac, who was born **from the free woman, through promise**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 23 qnl9 figs-explicit δι’ ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, the phrase **through promise** means “through Gods promise to Abraham” and refers to God supernaturally intervening and enabling Abrahams wife Sarah (**the free woman**) to become pregnant in order to fulfill his **promise** to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “through Gods promise to Abraham” or “was conceived supernaturally as a result of what God had promised Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -605,204 +605,247 @@ GAL 4 24 k5qu ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an alleg
GAL 4 24 b120 figs-explicit αὗται 1 Here, the word **they** refers to Sarah and Hagar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 24 mfa9 διαθῆκαι 1 See how you translated the word “covenant” in [3:15](../03/15.md).
GAL 4 24 mt7j μία 1 The word **One** here could refer to: (1) the covenant which God made at Mount Sinai which resulted in spiritual slavery to the law. Alternate translation: “One covenant” (2) Hagar in which case Paul means that she corresponds to Mount Sinai (See [4:25](../04/25.md)) and gave birth to children destined for slavery. Alternate translation: “One woman”
GAL 4 24 u4hr figs-synecdoche Ὄρους Σινά 1 Mount Sinai Paul uses **Mount Sinai** to refer to the covenant with the laws that Moses gave to the Israelites there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai, where Moses received the law and gave it to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 4 24 u4hr figs-synecdoche Ὄρους Σινά 1 Mount Sinai Paul uses **Mount Sinai** to refer to the covenant with the laws that Moses gave to the Israelites there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai, where Moses received the law and gave it to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 4 24 aani figs-metaphor εἰς δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 Paul speaks of the law of Moses “producing” or “resulting in” something as if the process of “producing” were **giving birth**. Paul speaks of the “spiritual bondage” of being under the law of Moses as if it were **slavery**. Paul is saying the the law of Moses “produces spiritual slavery.” If your readers would not understand what **giving birth** or **slavery** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and produces spiritual slavery” or “and results in spiritual slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 24 e3rc figs-abstractnouns δουλείαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 25 u1cc figs-explicit τὸ&Ἁγὰρ Σινά Ὄρος ἐστὶν 1 she represents **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means that “Hagar symbolizes Mount Sinai.” Here, Paul begin to explain the meaning of the allegory which he began in [4:22](../04/22.md). If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly what the phrase **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means here as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Hagar represents Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 24 e3rc figs-abstractnouns δουλείαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 25 u1cc figs-explicit τὸ&Ἁγὰρ Σινά Ὄρος ἐστὶν 1 she represents **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means that “Hagar symbolizes Mount Sinai.” Here, Paul begin to explain the meaning of the allegory which he began in [4:22](../04/22.md). If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly what the phrase **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means here as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Hagar represents Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 25 klcv figs-synecdoche τὸ&Ἁγὰρ Σινά Ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ Ἀραβίᾳ 1 she represents Paul uses **Mount Sinai in Arabia** to refer to the covenant with the laws that Moses gave to the Israelites there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “Hagar resembles Mount Sinai in Arabia, where Moses received the law and gave it to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 4 25 azzt figs-ellipsis συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. The words that Paul leaves out could be: (1) Hagar. Alternate translation: “Hagar corresponds” (2) Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai corresponds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 4 25 xvhr figs-metonymy νῦν Ἰερουσαλήμ, δουλεύει γὰρ 1 she represents Paul is describing the religion of Judaism (which emphasized obeying the law of Moses) by association with the city of Jerusalem, which was the center of this religion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “religion of Judaism, for all who follow this religion are in slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 4 25 bonn figs-metaphor δουλεύει γὰρ μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Paul speaks of the religion of Judaism, with its emphasis on obeying the law of Moses, as being **in slavery**. Here, Paul uses the word **slavery** to refer to the ”spiritual bondage“ that seeking to obey the religious system based on the law of Moses creates for those who seek to obey it as a means of meriting Gods approval. Here, **slavery** refers to “spiritual bondage” and **children** refers to those people who seek to obey the law of Moses as a means of meriting Gods approval. If your readers would not understand what **slavery** and **children** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for Jerusalem represents the religious system of Judaism, which results in spiritual bondage for all those practice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 25 azzt figs-ellipsis συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. The words that Paul leaves out could be: (1) Hagar. Alternate translation: “Hagar corresponds” (2) Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai corresponds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 4 25 xvhr figs-metonymy νῦν Ἰερουσαλήμ, δουλεύει γὰρ 1 she represents Paul is describing the religion of Judaism (which emphasized obeying the law of Moses) by association with the city of Jerusalem, which was the center of this religion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “religion of Judaism, for all who follow this religion are in slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 4 25 bonn figs-metaphor δουλεύει γὰρ μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Paul speaks of the religion of Judaism, with its emphasis on obeying the law of Moses, as being **in slavery**. Here, Paul uses the word **slavery** to refer to the ”spiritual bondage“ that seeking to obey the religious system based on the law of Moses creates for those who seek to obey it as a means of meriting Gods approval. Here, **slavery** refers to “spiritual bondage” and **children** refers to those people who seek to obey the law of Moses as a means of meriting Gods approval. If your readers would not understand what **slavery** and **children** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for Jerusalem represents the religious system of Judaism, which results in spiritual bondage for all those practice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 25 frft figs-personification δουλεύει&μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Here, Paul refers to the city of **Jerusalem** as though it were a woman (**she** and **her**) who could be **in slavery** and have **children**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem represents the religious system of Judaism, which results in spiritual bondage for all those practice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 4 25 flc8 figs-abstractnouns δουλεύει 1 she represents If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 26 busv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 she represents Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between “the present Jerusalem” mentioned in [425:](../04/25.md) and **the Jerusalem above** in this verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 25 flc8 figs-abstractnouns δουλεύει 1 she represents If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 26 busv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 she represents Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between “the present Jerusalem” mentioned in [425:](../04/25.md) and **the Jerusalem above** in this verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 26 qsz6 ἡ&ἄνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 The phrase **the Jerusalem above** could refer to: (1) the heavenly city of God. Alternate translation: “the heavenly Jerusalem” (2) all Christians and be referring to the Christian church which is comprised of all those who believe in Jesus. REVISIT-SEE SIL EX SUMM PG 175
GAL 4 26 qpxq figs-explicit ἐλευθέρα 1 Here, the word **free** refers to spiritual freedom and freedom from the law and sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “spiritually free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 26 qpxq figs-explicit ἐλευθέρα 1 Here, the word **free** refers to spiritual freedom and freedom from the law and sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “spiritually free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 26 iwg1 figs-metaphor ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ ἡμῶν 1 Paul speaks of **the Jerusalem above** as if it was were the **mother**. If your readers would not understand what **mother** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. REVISIT-SEE SIL EX SUMM PG 175 Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 26 c4qu figs-personification μήτηρ ἡμῶν 1 Paul speaks of **the Jerusalem above** as if it was were a **mother**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 4 26 c4qu figs-personification μήτηρ ἡμῶν 1 Paul speaks of **the Jerusalem above** as if it was were a **mother**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 4 26 ijkp figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of all believers in Jesus, which would include himself and the Galatian believers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 4 27 kfc6 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **For** to indicate that he is introducing material which supports what he said in [4:26](../04/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which supports a prior claim. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 4 27 kfc6 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **For** to indicate that he is introducing material which supports what he said in [4:26](../04/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which supports a prior claim. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 4 27 jt53 γέγραπται 1 Here, Paul uses the phrase it is written to indicate that what follows is a quotation from the Old Testament Scriptures. Paul assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 27 ummm figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the prophet “Isaiah” did it. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 4 27 ummm figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the prophet “Isaiah” did it. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 4 27 jql2 writing-quotations εὐφράνθητι, στεῖρα, ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον, ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα, ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον, ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα 1 Rejoice This is a quotation from Isaiah 54:1. Use a natural way of indicating that something is a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
GAL 4 27 y6x4 1
GAL 4 27 scqa grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason to **Rejoice**. Use a natural form for introducing a reason to do something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
GAL 4 28 jfx1 grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that what he writes next is connected to what he wrote immediately before this and that he is continuing his line of thought. Use a natural form in your language to indicate that what follows is in continuity with what precedes it. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 4 27 scqa grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason to **Rejoice**. Use a natural form for introducing a reason to do something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 4 28 jfx1 grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that what he writes next is connected to what he wrote immediately before this and that he is continuing his line of thought. Use a natural form in your language to indicate that what follows is in continuity with what precedes it. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 4 28 oyo4 figs-simile ὑμεῖς&ἀδελφοί, κατὰ Ἰσαὰκ, ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα ἐστέ 1 The point of this comparison is that anyone who will be like, who . If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
GAL 4 28 p45d figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 4 28 ad75 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 28 ct63 figs-metaphor ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Here, **children** could: (1) be a metaphor which means “Gods spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “Gods spiritual descendants” or “Gods children” (2) be a metaphor which means “Abrahams spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “Abrahams spiritual descendants” or “Abrahams children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 28 u3dr figs-possession ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe the source of **children**. He means that the **children** are the **children** or “descendants” which God promised to supernaturally give to Abraham and therefore they are **children** whose source derives from God fulfillment of his **promise** to Abraham. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “children of Gods promise” or “children of Gods promise to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 4 28 ct63 figs-metaphor ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Here, **children** could: (1) be a metaphor which means “Gods spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “Gods spiritual descendants” or “Gods children” (2) be a metaphor which means “Abrahams spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “Abrahams spiritual descendants” or “Abrahams children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 28 u3dr figs-possession ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe the source of **children**. He means that the **children** are the **children** or “descendants” which God promised to supernaturally give to Abraham and therefore they are **children** whose source derives from God fulfillment of his **promise** to Abraham. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “children of Gods promise” or “children of Gods promise to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 4 28 u9t0 ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of promise See how you translated the word **promise** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
GAL 4 29 c9lf κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh See how you translated the phrase **according to flesh** in [4:23](../04/23.md).
GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit Here, **according to Spirit** means Isaac was born in a supernatural way, through the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “because of the Spirit” or “because of the work of the Spirit”
GAL 4 29 jff1 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
GAL 4 30 ca1m ἀλλὰ 1
GAL 4 30 a2xo figs-rquestion τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to get the Galatian believers to think about the scripture verse he cites next. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 30 klbo figs-personification λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 Here, Paul speaks of the **scripture** passage he is quoting from Genesis as though it were a were a person who could speak . If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “does Moses say in the scripture” or “does Moses write in the scripture”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 4 30 a2xo figs-rquestion τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to get the Galatian believers to think about the scripture verse he cites next. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 30 klbo figs-personification λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 Here, Paul speaks of the **scripture** passage he is quoting from Genesis as though it were a were a person who could speak . If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “does Moses say in the scripture” or “does Moses write in the scripture”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 4 30 kg1j writing-quotations ἔκβαλε τὴν παιδίσκην καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς; οὐ γὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσει ὁ υἱὸς τῆς παιδίσκης, μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 This is a quotation from Genesis. Use a natural way of indicating that something is a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
GAL 4 30 mjj5 κληρονομήσει 1 See how you translated the similar word “inheritance” in [3:18](../03/18.md).
GAL 4 30 mjj5 κληρονομήσει 1 See how you translated the similar word “inheritance” in [3:18](../03/18.md).
GAL 4 31 g74v διό 1
GAL 4 31 sy8u figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 31 iz3b figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 brothers Paul speaks of “spiritual descendants” as if they were **children**. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 31 iz3b figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 brothers Paul speaks of “spiritual descendants” as if they were **children**. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 31 ily3 ἀλλὰ 1
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory of the two women to remind believers that the are free from having to obey the law.
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ sets believers free from the law and that they are not obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free from the law so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm **Stand firm** figuratively refers to staying strongly resolute for a certain task. Here, it is implied that the Galatian believers are continue to be determined to live a life free from the law. Alternate translation: “Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else” or “Be determined to stay free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 1 ovu1 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ δουλείας ἐνέχεσθε 1 Here, **do not again be subjected to a yoke of slavery** figuratively refers to being obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: “do not live like one who is controlled like being under a yoke of slavery to the law” or “do not go back again to being a slave of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 2 lrsx ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 Alternate translation: “if you let someone circumcise you” or “if you receive circumcision”
GAL 5 2 vk9o Χριστὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει. 1 Paul means that if a person is circumcised in order to receive salvation, then all that Christ has done for them is for nothing. No one can be justified by faith in Christ and at the same time by their own efforts.
GAL 5 3 h4q5 μαρτύρομαι δὲ 1 I testify Alternate translation: “I declare” or “I serve as a witness” or “I tell you” or “I warn you”
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here **cut off** is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 4 ipf7 οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law The phrase **being justified by the law** describes the attempt or pursuit to be justified by the law. Alternate translation: “all of you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law” or “you who want to be justified by the law”
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you no longer experience grace Alternate translation: “you have turned your back on the grace of God” or “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, **we** refers to Paul and those who do not trust in the law, but in the Messiah. And exclusive form of “we” fits the context better in this case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 5 5 vvk6 Πνεύματι 1 For through the Spirit Alternate translation: “by the power of the Spirit” or “by the help of the Spirit”
GAL 5 5 kvpn Πνεύματι 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness This could mean: (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith”
GAL 5 6 y2ww figs-metonymy οὔτε περιτομή…οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 neither circumcision nor uncircumcision The words **circumcision** and **uncircumcision** refer to being a Jew or a non-Jew. Alternate translation: “neither being a Jew nor not being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 5 6 qp6b τι ἰσχύει 1 means anything Alternate translation: “makes no difference” or “is meaningless”
GAL 5 7 jj48 figs-metaphor ἐτρέχετε 1 You were running Paul uses the metaphor of **running** to describe the spiritual progress the Galatian believers were making. Alternate translation: “You were making excellent progress” or “you were doing so well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 8 sx6u πεισμονὴ 1 persuasion Here, **persuasion** refers to the idea of getting a person to change what they believe and act differently. Alternate translation: “This teaching which persuaded you to stop trusting in the Messiah” or “This way of thinking”
GAL 5 9 q926 μικρὰ ζύμη 1 **A little leaven** describes the teaching of circumcision, which threaten to ruin the entire lives of the Galatian believers.
GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view Alternate translation: “you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you” or “you will not think differently than what I believe”
GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you Alternate translation: “is causing you to be uncertain about the truth” or “stirs up trouble among you”
GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether they are important or influential.
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize the fact that people are persecuting him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 5 11 nv5x figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 13 yp6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment” (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments”
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. In this chapter Paul declares repeatedly that Christ has freed believers from being obligated to obey the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br><br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. The word “fruit” is singular and refers to the nine qualities listed in [5:2223](../05/22.md) to show that they are a united cluster of qualities that are manifested in each believer. Translators should keep the singular form for “fruit” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ **set** believers **free** from being required to obey the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 1 dt67 grammar-connect-logic-goal τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For** here indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Christ freed believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “For the purpose of freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 5 1 hh1k figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ&δουλείας 1 For freedom Christ has set us free See how you translated **freedom** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and **slavery** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 1 wfny figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 When Paul says **us** here, he is speaking of himself, his traveling companions, and the Galatian believers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm **Stand firm** here refers to someone remaining steadfast in what one believes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be unmoved” or “Remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 1 eamw figs-activepassive μὴ πάλιν&ἐνέχεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not again subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 1 ovu1 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ δουλείας ἐνέχεσθε 1 Here Paul speaks of someone being obligated to obey the laws God gave the Jews as if that person were **subjected to a yoke of slavery.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “do not go back to being obligated to obey the law” or “do not be subjected to the law like one who is under a yoke of slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 1 f969 figs-possession ζυγῷ δουλείας 1 James is using the possessive form to describe a **yoke** that is **slavery**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a yoke, that is, slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 5 2 bki6 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Paul uses the term **Behold** to focus his audiences attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 2 lrsx figs-activepassive ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone circumcises you” or “if you receive circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 2 vk9o figs-explicit Χριστὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει. 1 In this clause Paul means that if a person is circumcised in order to receive salvation, then what Christ has done to provide salvation for them will not help them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ has done will not benefit you at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 3 h4q5 figs-activepassive περιτεμνομένῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who has someone circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 3 iqy8 figs-explicit ὅλον τὸν νόμον ποιῆσαι 1 Paul implies that a **circumcised** man must obey **the whole law** in order to be righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do the whole law to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 3 cwlk grammar-collectivenouns ὅλον τὸν νόμον 1 Here, **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. See how **law** is translated in [2:16](../02/16.md) and [Romans 2:12](../../rom/02/12.md). Alternate translation: “all of Gods laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
GAL 5 4 v01q writing-pronouns κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ, οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 **You** here refers to **whoever is being justified by the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “You who are being justified by the law were cut off from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
GAL 5 4 wsls figs-activepassive κατηργήθητε&δικαιοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You cut yourselves off … is justifying oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here, **cut off** refers to being separated from Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are separated from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-explicit οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul implies that these people were trying to be **justified by** obeying **the law,** which is impossible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever attempts to be justified by obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 4 ygbj grammar-collectivenouns νόμῳ 1 you who would be justified by the law See how you translated **law** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-metaphor τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 Here Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were something that a person could fall away from. He means that people who are trying to save themselves by obeying the law do not receive Gods **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have rejected the grace of God” or “God will no longer be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 5 nabj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul stated in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 5 kvpn figs-explicit Πνεύματι 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy **Spirit**. See how you translated the same use of **Spirit** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 5 vvk6 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως&ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith**, **hope**, and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **faith** in [2:16](../02/16.md) and **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). Alternate translation: “by trusting … what is hopeful of what it righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and those who trust in Christ instead of the law, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 5 5 qg9m figs-infostructure ἡμεῖς&ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness This could mean: (1) **we eagerly wait** **by faith**. Alternate translation: “we eagerly wait by faith for the hope of righteousness” (2) **righteousness** is **by faith**. Alternate translation: “we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
GAL 5 5 xtqp figs-possession ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης 1 This could mean: (1) people **hope** for **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the hope for righteousness” (2) **the hope** is **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the hope, that is, righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 5 6 rn0r grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 6 bhdg figs-metaphor ἐν&Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 6 y2ww figs-abstractnouns περιτομή&ἀκροβυστία&πίστις&ἀγάπης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision**, **uncircumcision**, **faith**, and **love**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **faith** in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “being circumcised … not being circumcised … trusting … loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 6 qp6b figs-idiom οὔτε περιτομή τι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 means anything Here, **anything** refers to being important to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither circumcision nor uncircumcision is capable of being important to God” or “neither circumcision nor uncircumcision matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 5 6 bw6b figs-ellipsis πίστις δι’ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “faith working through love is capable of something” or “faith working through love matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 5 7 jj48 figs-metaphor ἐτρέχετε καλῶς 1 You were running Here Paul refers to becoming more spiritually mature as if someone were **running** a race. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You were making excellent progress in your faith” or “you were doing so well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 7 ntd5 figs-rquestion τίς ὑμᾶς ἐνέκοψεν, ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι? 1 You were running Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not let have let someone hinder you, not to be persuaded by truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 5 7 w0iq grammar-connect-logic-result ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι 1 This clause provides the expected result of what Paul said in the previous clause. Use a natural form for indicating a result. Alternate translation: “which is resulting in you not being persuaded by truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 7 bmy4 figs-activepassive ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι 1 You were running If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the truth is not persuading you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 7 vuf8 ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι 1 The phrase translated as **not to be persuaded by truth** could also be translated as “not to obey the truth.”
GAL 5 7 krep figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείᾳ 1 See how you translated **truth** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 8 sx6u figs-explicit ἡ πεισμονὴ 1 persuasion Here, **persuasion** refers to some Galatians being persuaded to obey the laws God gave the Jews instead of trusting in Jesus for salvation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You being persuaded to stop trusting in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 8 bqxm writing-pronouns τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **the one calling you** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who is calling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
GAL 5 9 q926 writing-proverbs μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ 1 Here Paul quotes or creates a proverb, which is a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb gives a comparison: Just as a small amount of **leaven** **leavens** a whole **lump** of dough, so a small amount of false teaching can deceive many people in a church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It has been said that a little leaven causes a whole lump of dough to be leavened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
GAL 5 9 xds5 translate-unknown μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ 1 The word **leaven** refers to a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. Here, **leavens** refers to the fermentation process and **lump** refers to the batch of dough. If your readers would not be familiar with **leaven**, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “A little yeast causes all of the batch of dough to swell up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
GAL 5 10 usoc figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you will take no other view Here, **in the Lord** indicates the basis or cause for which Paul was **confident in** the Galatian believers, and **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression “in Christ” in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “on the basis of us being in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 10 enp1 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view Here, **nothing otherwise** refers to **nothing** other than what Paul has told his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will think nothing other than what I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 10 jc72 figs-genericnoun ὁ&ταράσσων ὑμᾶς&ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 is troubling you Jesus is speaking of several people who were **troubling** the Galatian believers, not just one particular man. Paul states in [1:7](../01/07.md) that there were several false teachers causing trouble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “those troubling you … whoever they may be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
GAL 5 10 llh5 figs-abstractnouns βαστάσει τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 11 nv5x figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ&εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help emphasize that he does not **proclaim circumcision**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “were I still proclaiming circumcision, then why am I still being persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 5 11 gaq4 figs-metonymy περιτομὴν&κηρύσσω 1 Here, **proclaim circumcision** refers to telling people that they must be circumcised in order to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “proclaim the need to be circumcised” or “proclaim that everyone must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 5 11 wgui figs-abstractnouns περιτομὴν 1 See how you translated **circumcision** in [verse 6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 11 hgo8 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι διώκομαι? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I would not still be persecuted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive τί ἔτι διώκομαι&κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “why are people still persecuting me … I would have removed the stumbling block of the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 11 l5tk figs-explicit ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 This sentence gives both the result of proclaiming **circumcision** and the reason why someone who proclaimed **circumcision** would not be **persecuted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would not be persecuted because proclaiming circumcision would remove the stumbling block of the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 11 z2hj figs-possession τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the stumbling block** that is **the cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the stumbling block, that is, the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor τὸ σκάνδαλον 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Here, **stumbling block** refers to something that offends people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 11 nipj figs-metonymy τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Here, **the cross** refers to Christs sacrificial death on the cross, which was a very offensive way to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of what Jesus did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 5 12 e7c2 figs-exclamations ὄφελον καὶ ἀποκόψονται, οἱ ἀναστατοῦντες ὑμᾶς 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “O how I wish that the ones disturbing you would even castrate themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor καὶ ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could mean: (1) Paul wished that the false teachers who wanted to circumcise the Galatian believers would cut off their male organs, as stated literally in the ULT. (2) Paul wished that the false teachers would leave the Christian community. Alternate translation: “will even remove themselves from among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 13 y1g7 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** here could indicate: (1) Paul is transitioning back to the topic he introduced in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (2) the reason for the harsh words Paul said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I wish they would do so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς&ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 13 w433 figs-explicit ἐλευθερίᾳ&τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 1 For Here, **freedom** implies that Christ sets believers free from being required to obey the laws God gave the Jews. See how you translated the similar expression in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “freedom from the law … that freedom from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 13 dgaf figs-abstractnouns ἐλευθερίᾳ&ἐλευθερίαν 1 you were called to freedom See how you translated **freedom** in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 13 yp6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 13 b62s figs-personification ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who could take advantage of **an opportunity**. He is referring to believers thinking they can sin because they do not have to obey the laws God gave the Jews . If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-metaphor τῇ σαρκί 1 Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for your sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 13 ierd figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which believers should **serve one another**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 13 iki8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης 1 See how you translated **love** in [verse 6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 14 cu9y grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pauls readers should obey the command he gave in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “You must do this for one another because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 14 ct8i figs-metaphor ὁ&πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) this **one command** sums up **all the law**. Alternate translation: “all the law is summed up in just one command” (2) someone who obeys this **one command** obeys **all the law**. Alternate translation: “by obeying one commandment, you obey the whole law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 14 eaeo figs-activepassive ὁ&πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one command has fulfilled all the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 14 pda2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ&νόμος 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command See how you translated **law** in the [2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are singular here because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **you**, **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
GAL 5 14 zdv4 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself **You will love** is a statement that Moses uses to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
GAL 5 15 yk60 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε 1 Here Paul speaks of the Galatian believers fighting each other as if they were wild animals that attack each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “if you are mistreating and hurting one another” or “if you are acting like wild animals that bite and devour one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 15 l2m9 figs-metaphor μὴ ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε 1 Here Paul speaks of the Galatian believers fighting each other as if they were wild animals that eat each other. Here **consumed** could mean: (1) the believers themselves would be destroyed. Alternate translation: “you might not be destroyed by one another” (2) the fellowship of Galatian believers would be destroyed. Alternate translation: “your group of believers might not be destroyed by one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 15 itx6 figs-activepassive μὴ ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not consume one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act by the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 16 tk8i figs-explicit Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit The phrase **by the Spirit** implies being directed by the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the direction of the Holy Spirit” or “according to how the Holy Spirit leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 16 tk8i figs-explicit Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit The phrase **by the Spirit** implies being directed or controlled by the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the direction of the Holy Spirit” or “according to how the Holy Spirit leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 16 ut3t figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 The phrase **you would certainly not fulfill desires**” is an idiom that refers to not doing what someone desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would certainly not do what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 The phrase **you would certainly not fulfill desires** refers to not doing what someone sinfully wants to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would certainly not do what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 5 16 iron figs-abstractnouns ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desires**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **desires**. He is referring to what a person wants to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how this phrase is translated in [Romans 13:14](../../rom/13/14.md). Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
GAL 5 16 w8a1 figs-metaphor σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 17 mbdm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why Paul commanded his readers to “walk by the Spirit” in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this to you because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 17 xjj9 figs-explicit ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The phrase **desires against** implies desiring to do what is **against the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh desires to do things that are against the Spirit” or “the flesh desires to do what is contrary to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 17 m7td figs-metaphor ἡ…σὰρξ…τῆς σαρκός 1 See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 17 w7kv figs-personification ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who **desires**. He is referring to what a person **desires** to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
GAL 5 17 oyog figs-ellipsis τὸ…Πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 Paul is leaving out some of a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If if would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the Spirit desires against the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 5 17 xp0l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why the **desires** of **the flesh** and **the Spirit** are against each other. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “This is for the reason that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 17 mbdm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul commanded his readers to “walk by the Spirit” in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this to you because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 17 m7td figs-metaphor ἡ&σὰρξ&τῆς σαρκός 1 See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 17 xjj9 figs-explicit ἡ&σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The phrase **desires against** implies desiring to do what is **against the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh desires to do things that are against the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 17 w7kv figs-personification ἡ&σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who **desires**. He is referring to what a person **desires** to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
GAL 5 17 oyog figs-ellipsis τὸ&Πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If if would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the Spirit desires against the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 5 17 xp0l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the **desires** of **the flesh** and **the Spirit** are against each other. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “This is for the reason that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 17 r3dk writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 The pronoun **these** refers to **the flesh** and **the Spirit**. If if would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh and the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
GAL 5 17 ukce grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 5 17 l0lu figs-explicit ἃ…θέλητε ταῦτα 1 This clause refers to the good **things** that Christians want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those good things that you would desire to do as Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 18 cyud figs-activepassive Πνεύματι ἄγεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit leads you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 17 l0lu figs-explicit ἃ&θέλητε ταῦτα 1 This clause refers to the good **things** that Christians want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those good things that you would desire to do as Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 18 cyud figs-activepassive Πνεύματι ἄγεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit leads you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 18 san8 figs-personification οὐκ ἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a ruler whose authority people had to live **under**. He means that Christians are not controlled by the requirements of **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how **under the law** is translated in [Romans 6:14](../../rom/06/14.md). Alternative translation: “the law does not control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 5 18 esbf νόμον grammar-collectivenouns 1 not under the law Here, **the law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. See how **the law** is translated in [Romans 2:12](../../rom/02/12.md). Alternate translation: “Gods laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
GAL 5 19 alfa figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός…πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **works**, **sexual immorality**, **impurity**, and **licentiousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh does … being sexually immoral, being impure, being licentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 18 esbf grammar-collectivenouns νόμον 1 not under the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
GAL 5 19 alfa figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός & πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **works**, **sexual immorality**, **impurity**, and **licentiousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh does … being sexually immoral, being impure, being licentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 19 yf2a figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **works**. He is referring to what a person does as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what people do because of their sinful natures” or “the things people do because they are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 5 19 pu5b figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature See how you translated **flesh** in [verses 13](../05/13.md) and [16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 20 rgjl figs-abstractnouns εἰδωλολατρία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι, ἔρις, ζῆλοι, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **idolatry**, **sorcery**, **hostilities**, **strife**, **jealousy**, **anger**, **rivalry**, **divisions**, and **factions**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “worshiping idols, practicing witchcraft, being hostile, striving with others, being jealous, angrily bursting out, causing people to divide, making factious groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 21 fdce figs-abstractnouns φθόνοι, μέθαι, κῶμοι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **envy**, **drunkenness**, and **drunken celebrations**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being envious, being drunk, being drunk while celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Here Paul speaks of **the kingdom of God** as if it were property that a child could **inherit** from a parent when that parent dies. Here, Paul uses the word **inherit** to refer to being able to live in **the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “will not live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 22 ejgc figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the fruit** that **the Spirit** gives to believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fruit that the Spirit gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς 1 the fruit of the Spirit is love…faith Here, **fruit** refers to a result or outcome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the product” or “the result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Here Paul speaks of **the kingdom of God** as if it were property that a child could **inherit** from a parent when that parent dies. Paul uses the word **inherit** here to refer to being able to dwell in **the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “will not dwell in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 22 ejgc figs-possession ὁ&καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the fruit** that **the Spirit** gives to believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fruit that the Spirit gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ&καρπὸς 1 the fruit of the Spirit is love … faith Here, **fruit** refers to a result or outcome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the product” or “the result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 22 fsxn figs-abstractnouns ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη, μακροθυμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **joy**, **peace**, **patience**, **kindness**, **goodness**, and **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting lovingly, joyfully, peacefully, patiently, kindly, in a good manner, faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 22 famj figs-explicit εἰρήνη 1 Here, **peace** could mean: (1) having a peaceful feeling. Alternate translation: “feeling peaceful” (2) being in a state of peace with other people. Alternate translation: “peace with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 22 famj figs-explicit εἰρήνη 1 Here, **peace** could mean: (1) a peaceful feeling. Alternate translation: “feeling peaceful” (2) a peaceful relationship with other people. Alternate translation: “peace with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 23 wl7x figs-abstractnouns πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **gentleness**, and **self-control**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting gently, and controlling oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if **the flesh** were a person that they **have crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases refer specifically to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person that believers **have crucified**. He means that Christians refuse to live according to their sinful natures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according to their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases specifically refer to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 5 25 xvcl figs-activepassive ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to a Christians spirit being alive, which will result in a person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to a Christians spirit being alive, which will result in that person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit See how you translated **walk by the Spirit** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Pauls letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.<br><br>### Brothers<br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Pauls Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New Creation<br><br>People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a persons ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Pauls letter. His final words address some additional issues that concerned him about the Galatian believers.<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers” in [verses 1](../06/01.md) and [18[(../06/18.md).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New Creation<br><br>Someone who becomes Christian is a new creation that is united with Christ ([6:15](../06/15.md); [2 Corinthians 5:17](../../2co/05/17.md)). Christians have been given new way of living that will result in eternal life. This is more significant than a persons ancestry or attempts to obey the laws God gave the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in a variety of ways throughout this letter. In this chapter he frequently uses “flesh” to refer to sinful human nature. He contrasts “flesh” with the Spirit in [verse 8](../06/08.md). However, he also uses “flesh” to refer to a persons physical body or outward appearance in [verses 1213](../06/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 1 vm8f figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Here, “a man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
GAL 6 1 vts8 figs-explicit προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could refer to: (1) a believer catching another believer committing a sin. Alternate translation: “a man is discovered while committing any trespass” (2) a person who is overcome by temptation so that they sin. Alternate translation: “a man is overwhelmed by temptation and commits any trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 xmbm figs-abstractnouns ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespass**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “tresspassing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 1 t4rm figs-explicit οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual This phrase refers to spiritually immature believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually mature ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 vm8f figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Here, **a man** does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
GAL 6 1 vts8 figs-explicit προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could refer to: (1) a believer discovering that another believer is committing a sin. Alternate translation: “a man is discovered while committing any trespass” (2) a person who is overcome by temptation and sins. Alternate translation: “a man is overwhelmed by temptation and commits any trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 xmbm figs-abstractnouns ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespass**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “trespassing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 1 t4rm figs-explicit οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual Here, **the spiritual** refers to spiritually immature believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually mature ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 tr5r figs-possession πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **gentleness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a gentle spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, **spirit** refers to a persons attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, **spirit** refers to a persons attitude or emotional state. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 jrve σκοπῶν 1 Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for”
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christian readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. Alternate translation: “yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that persons sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 Paul speaks of the spiritual struggles of immature believers as if they were **burdens** that a person could **carry**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help one another overcome spiritual weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christs command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** refers to obeying completely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will completely obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** most likely refers to Christs command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖφρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν 1 Although the words **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ & φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν 1 Although the words **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 6 4 wo1z figs-123person τὸἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let each one of you examine your own work, and then you will have reason to boast in yourself and not in someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸνεἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 4 wo1z figs-123person τὸ&ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let each one of you examine your own work, and then you will have reason to boast in yourself and not in someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ&ἑαυτὸν&ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ&ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ&τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν&εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves or others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 5 euhw grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for his own work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 5 hwxg figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burden**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-123person κοινωνείτωὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good {things} with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-123person κοινωνείτω & ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good things with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GAL 6 6 irxx figs-activepassive ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom someone is teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 6 c1rs figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **the word** refers to what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Gods words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 6 n26e figs-euphemism ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
GAL 6 6 n26e figs-euphemism ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to these things or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
GAL 6 7 o9sk figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε, Θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves. No one can mock God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 7 tm7g grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is a reason why **God is not mocked**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 Although **man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that the person will also reap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing those results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of the seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever they do” or “everyone receives the results of whatever they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 ejbf figs-exmetaphor σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦσπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Paul continues the metaphor from the previous verse of a farmer **sowing** seeds and harvesting crops. The word **sowing** refers to doing deeds that will have consequences. Here, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions in order to satisfy his sinful nature, and **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person doing good actions in order to please the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doings things to satisfy his sinful nature … doing things to please the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
GAL 6 8 p9gl figs-metaphor σάρκασαρκὸς 1 See how you translated the same use of **flesh** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor θερίσει…θερίσει 1 In this verse **reap** represents experiencing the results of an action. See how you translated the same use of **reap** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ&ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that will have consequences, and **reap** represents experiencing those consequences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of the seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever they do” or “everyone receives the results of whatever they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 ejbf figs-exmetaphor σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ&σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Paul continues the metaphor from the previous verse of a farmer **sowing** seeds and harvesting crops. The word **sowing** refers to doing deeds that will have consequences. Here, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions in order to satisfy his sinful nature, and **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person doing good actions in order to please the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doings things to satisfy his sinful nature … doing things to please the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
GAL 6 8 p9gl figs-metaphor σάρκα&σαρκὸς 1 See how you translated the same use of **flesh** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor θερίσει&θερίσει 1 In this verse **reap** represents experiencing the consequences of doing something. See how you translated the same use of **reap** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-explicit φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction Here, **destruction** refers to experiencing punishment forever in hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 9 xgi4 figs-exclusive μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν…θερίσομεν 1 When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so we would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 6 9 xruj figs-explicit τὸ…καλὸν 1 See how you translated **good** in [4:18](../04/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ…ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time”
GAL 6 8 cc72 figs-abstractnouns θερίσει φθοράν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 9 xgi4 figs-exclusive μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν&θερίσομεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 6 9 xruj figs-explicit τὸ&καλὸν 1 See how you translated **good** in [4:18](../04/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ&ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time”
GAL 6 9 u8fx figs-declarative μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Paul is using a statement to give a condition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a condition. Alternate translation: “if not becoming weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
GAL 6 9 hw39 figs-metaphor θερίσομεν 1 See how you translated **reap** in [verse 7](../06/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 10 ax66 grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 So then **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the concluding result of what Paul has said in [verses 19](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Because all these things are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 10 gih4 figs-exclusive ἔχομενἐργαζώμεθα 1 When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so we would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 6 10 ax66 grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 So then **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the concluding result of what Paul has said in [verses 19](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Because all these things are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 10 gih4 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν&ἐργαζώμεθα 1 When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so we would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 6 10 yjpq figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθὸν 1 See how you translated **good** in [4:18](../04/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 10 e8qt figs-nominaladj πάντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to indicate a **all** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
GAL 6 10 jz9i figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith Here Paul refers to Christians as if they were a **household**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “those who are Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 6 10 qz9c figs-explicit τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that has faith in Jesus” or “that believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 10 e8qt figs-nominaladj πάντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to indicate **all** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
GAL 6 10 jz9i figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith Here Paul refers to Christians as if they were a **household of the faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 10 qz9c figs-explicit τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that has faith in Jesus” or “that believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 11 i7ap figs-imperative ἴδετε 1 **See** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please observe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
GAL 6 11 d6rk figs-explicit τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 with my own hand This could mean: (1) Paul had someone write most of this letter as Paul told him what to write, but Paul himself wrote this last part of the letter. Alternate translation: “with my own hand in the last part of this letter” (2) Paul wrote the whole letter himself. Alternate translation: “with my own hand in this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 12 kmd7 figs-explicit εὐπροσωπῆσαι 1 make a good impression Pauls readers would have understood that he was referring to making **a good impression** on legalistic Jews who did not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make a good impression on the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 12 kmd7 figs-explicit εὐπροσωπῆσαι 1 make a good impression Pauls readers would have understood that he was referring to making **a good impression** on legalistic Jews who did not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make a good impression on the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 12 r5p1 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκί 1 in the flesh Here, **the flesh** refers to someones outward physical appearance, specifically the appearance of someone who has been circumcised in order to impress the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with regard to physical appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 12 hnse grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 in the flesh Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 6 12 n8mc figs-activepassive μὴ διώκωνται 1 in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that the Jews would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews might not persecute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 12 jd4x figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the cross Here, **the cross** refers to believing in Christs sacrificial death on the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for believing in what Christ Jesus did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 12 n8mc figs-activepassive μὴ διώκωνται 1 in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that the Jews might do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews might not persecute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 12 jd4x figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the cross Here, **the cross** refers to believing in Christs sacrificial death on **the cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for believing in what Christ Jesus did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 13 xod7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 13 cgi6 figs-activepassive οἱ περιτετμημένοιὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones who have had a person circumcise them … a person to circumcise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 13 cgi6 figs-activepassive οἱ περιτετμημένοι&ὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones who have had a person circumcise them … a person to circumcise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 13 xtsq grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 6 13 q2uh figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ 1 See how you translated the same use of **flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 14 yek3 figs-exclamations ἐμοὶμὴ γένοιτο 1 The phrase **may it never be** is an exclamation that communicates a strong desire against doing something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this meaning. Alternate translation: “may I absolutely never” or “may I certainly never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
GAL 6 14 p2zz grammar-connect-exceptions ἐμοὶμὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “may it ever only be to me to boast” or “may I only ever boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 6 14 yek3 figs-exclamations ἐμοὶ&μὴ γένοιτο 1 The phrase **may it never be** is an exclamation that communicates a strong desire against doing something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this meaning. Alternate translation: “may I absolutely never” or “may I certainly never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
GAL 6 14 p2zz grammar-connect-exceptions ἐμοὶ&μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “may it ever only be to me to boast” or “may I only ever boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
GAL 6 14 ul40 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the cross** as if it were a location someone could **boast** **in**. He means that he boasts with reference to **the cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when referring to the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 14 evgd figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the cross** refers to Christs sacrificial death on the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what our Lord Jesus Christ did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 14 vsa8 figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified the world to me, and me to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 14 miwn figs-metonymy κόσμοςκόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** could refer to: (1) the entire world system, which is naturally hostile to God. This **world** operates according to the “elementary principles” ([4:3](../04/03.md)) that exist during this “present evil age” ([1:4](../01/04.md)). Alternate translation: “this world system that opposes God … to this world system that opposes God” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God, which is how John uses **the world** in [1 John 2:15](../../1jn/02/15.md). Alternate translation: “what people value in the world … to what people value in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 14 evgd figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the cross** refers to Christs sacrificial death on **the cross**. Paul uses **the cross** here in a slightly different way than he did in [verse 12](../06/12.md). See how you translated the same use of **the cross** in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “what our Lord Jesus Christ did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 14 vsa8 figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified the world to me, and me to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 14 miwn figs-metonymy κόσμος&κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** could refer to: (1) the entire world system, which is naturally hostile to God. This **world** operates according to the “elementary principles” ([4:3](../04/03.md)) that exist during this “present evil age” ([1:4](../01/04.md)). Alternate translation: “this world system that opposes God … to this world system that opposes God” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God, which is how John uses **the world** in [1 John 2:15](../../1jn/02/15.md). Alternate translation: “what people value in the world … to what people value in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 6 14 lpr2 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται 1 Here Paul speaks of **the world** no longer influencing him as if **the world** were a dead man who had been **crucified**. Just as a dead person cannot directly influence anyone, so the world could not influence Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the world does not influence me” or “it is as if the world is dead to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I have been crucified to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 6 14 zhnc figs-metaphor κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world This could mean: (1) the same as the previous clause, but stated in reverse order for emphasis. Alternate translation: “and I am not influenced by the world” (2) the opposite of the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I do not influence the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 15 pfcn grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul only boasts “in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I may boast in the cross because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 15 ck7p figs-idiom οὔτε γὰρ περιτομή τὶ ἐστιν, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 Here, **anything** refers to being important to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither circumcision is important to God, nor uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 6 15 rd5c figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but a new creation is something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 6 15 n6n7 figs-metaphor καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Here, **a new creation** refers to the whole process when someone trusts in Jesus and the Holy Spirit gives that person new life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how **new creation** is translated in [2 Corinthians 5:17](../../2co/05/17.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit giving someone a new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 15 rd5c figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but a new creation is something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 6 15 n6n7 figs-metaphor καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Here, **a new creation** refers to the whole process when someone trusts in Jesus and the Holy Spirit gives that person a new life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how **new creation** is translated in [2 Corinthians 5:17](../../2co/05/17.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit giving someone a new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 16 wrnk figs-metaphor στοιχήσουσιν 1 See how you translated the similar use of **walk** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 16 evn3 figs-explicit τῷ κανόνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this standard** refers to what Paul said in the previous verse, specifically the importance of someone being a “new creation.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as new creations” or “as those whom the Holy Spirit has given new lives”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 16 n987 translate-blessing εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul adds a blessing here. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may they and the Israel of God experience peace and mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
GAL 6 16 auo7 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **peace** and **mercy**, you could express the ideas in a different way. See how you translated **peace** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “may God make them feel peaceful and be merciful to them and to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 16 b4al καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) Jews who believe in Jesus, in which case **and** functions as it usually does to connect two things. Alternate translation: “and upon the Jewish believers of God” (2) everyone who believes in Jesus, in which case **and** indicates that **them** refers to the same group of people as **the Israel of God**. Alternate translation: “that is, upon Gods people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 16 auo7 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **peace** and **mercy**, you could express the ideas in a different way. See how you translated **peace** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “may God make them feel peaceful and be merciful to them and to the Israel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 16 b4al figs-explicit καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) Jews who believe in Jesus, in which case **and** functions as it usually does to connect two things. Alternate translation: “and upon the Jewish believers of God” (2) everyone who believes in Jesus, in which case **and** indicates that **them** refers to the same group of people as **the Israel of God**. Alternate translation: “that is, upon Gods people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 17 cidu grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦ λοιποῦ, κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω; ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I carry in my body the marks of Jesus, from now on let no one cause me trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 17 cz8a figs-explicit κόπους μοι 1 trouble me Here, **trouble** refers to the distress that some of the Galatian Christians caused for Paul because of the problems he writes about in this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “me trouble with regard to these issues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 17 cz8a figs-explicit κόπους μοι 1 trouble me Here, **trouble** refers to the distress that some of the Galatian Christians caused for Paul because of the problems that he wrote about in this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “trouble me with regard to these issues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 17 ww8m figs-abstractnouns κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω 1 trouble me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let no one trouble me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 17 ahlc figs-metaphor ἐγὼτὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 Here Paul speaks about **the marks** on his **body** as if they were objects that he carried around. He means that **the marks** remained on his **body** everywhere he went. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the marks of Jesus are always on my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 17 ahlc figs-metaphor ἐγὼ & τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 Here Paul speaks about **the marks** on his **body** as if they were objects that he carried around. He means that **the marks** remained on his **body** everywhere he went. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the marks of Jesus are always on my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 17 j729 figs-possession τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus Here, **the marks of Jesus** refers to the scars on Pauls body that were made by people beating him because he taught about **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the scars I received because I taught the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 6 18 ch05 translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Galatian believers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May your spirit experience kindness from our Lord Jesus Christ” or “I pray that your spirit will have grace from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
GAL 6 18 m7mj figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated **grace** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 18 r9zk figs-genericnoun τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is speaking of the spirits of his readers in general, not of one particular **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
GAL 6 18 wywe figs-explicit τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “you” (2) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternative translation: “your inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
5 GAL 1 1 uhhp figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul is speaking of himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “This letter is from me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
6 GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ δι’ ἀνθρώπου 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate this phrase using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “not from men or through man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
7 GAL 1 1 rcnw figs-explicit οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the word **from** indicates source. The phrase **not from men** means that humans are not the source of Paul’s apostleship and that he was not commissioned or appointed an apostle by humans. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “not through the commissioning of humans” or “not through human commission” or “not sent out by people” or “not because I was appointed and sent by a group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8 GAL 1 1 yqma figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων…ἀνθρώπου ἀνθρώπων & ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the terms **men** and **man** are masculine, Paul uses them here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. Alternate translation: “humans … humans” or “people … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9 GAL 1 1 k2dw δι’ ἀνθρώπου, ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Both times that the word **through** is used in this verse it indicates agency/means and refers to the agency/means by which Paul’s was commissioned as an apostle. Choose the best word in your language to indicate the meaning of the word **through** here. Alternate translation: “through the agency of man, but through the agency of Jesus Christ and God the Father”
10 GAL 1 1 pvdp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast between different potential agents or means of Paul’s commission. The word **but** is introducing a contrast between Paul’s apostleship being **not through man** but rather being **through Jesus Christ and God the Father**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
11 GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 The phrase **the one having raised him from the dead** gives further information about **God the Father**. It is not making a distinction between **God the Father** and **the one having raised him from the dead** as if they are two separate entities. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “God the Father who is the same one who made Jesus Christ live again after he died” or “God the Father who caused Jesus Christ to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
22 GAL 1 3 eivd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, the word **our** refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers in Jesus and so is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. In this book, unless otherwise stated, the word “our” refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
23 GAL 1 4 onj6 figs-distinguish τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 The phrase **the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age** gives us further information about “our Lord Jesus Christ.” It is not making a distinction between them as if they were two different entities. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
24 GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins Here, **sins** figuratively refers to the punishment for sin and the phrase **for our sins** refers to Christ giving his life “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” or “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” or “to take the punishment for our sins” or “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25 GAL 1 4 f2pm ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν ἡμῶν & ἡμῶν 1 See the note on **our** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
26 GAL 1 4 haib figs-abstractnouns τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sins**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27 GAL 1 4 d8m2 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christ gave himself for our sins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
28 GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here, the phrase **the present evil age**, refers not only to a time period but also refers to the sinful attitudes and actions that characterize **the present evil age**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from this present time that is dominated by sinfulness” or “from this present evil age with it’s evil attitudes and desires” or “from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
59 GAL 1 9 eta3 figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
60 GAL 1 10 ifod grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is being used to introduce Paul’s argument against an implied assertion that he altered the content of his gospel message in order to make it more acceptable to people. If it would help your readers, you could express the implied assertion explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
61 GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? By using these two rhetorical questions Paul is not asking the Galatians for information, but is using the question form for emphasis and to engage his readers thinking. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For I do not seek to persuade men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” or “For I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
62 GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον ἄρτι & ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
63 GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
64 GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Paul’s prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
65 GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
66 GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
67 GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
68 GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
69 GAL 1 12 kdol figs-parallelism οὐδὲ…ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε ἐδιδάχθην οὐδὲ & ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε ἐδιδάχθην 1 The phrase **I did not receive it from man** and the phrase **nor was I taught it** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I did not receive the gospel that I proclaim from any person” or “no human being taught me the gospel that I proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
70 GAL 1 12 er9c figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” See how you translated the word **man** in [1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” or “a human source” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
71 GAL 1 12 y2am figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 GAL 1 12 hlg6 figs-explicit αὐτό…ἐδιδάχθην αὐτό & ἐδιδάχθην 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **it** refer back to “the gospel” which Paul “proclaimed” which he mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I proclaimed … was I taught the gospel that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
73 GAL 1 12 qohz figs-ellipsis ἐδιδάχθην 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was I taught it by any person” or “was I taught it by man” or “was I taught it by a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
74 GAL 1 12 g1o6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to the phrases **receive it from man** and **taught it**. In contrast to Paul receiving the message he proclaimed from a human source or being **taught it** Paul received it from a divine source. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
75 GAL 1 12 leqs δι’ 1 Alternate translation: “through a”
85 GAL 1 14 bcdo figs-metaphor τῶν πατρικῶν μου 1 Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If your readers would not understand what **fathers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of my ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 GAL 1 15 w6zi grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected. What would be expected is that Paul would continue thinking and acting according to the way he formerly did as described in [1:14](../01/14.md). Instead, God **called** Paul, and as the next verse says, God revealed Jesus to him, so that he might teach the Gentiles about Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
87 GAL 1 15 ofqm figs-explicit 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
88 GAL 1 15 qu8s figs-distinguish ὅτε…εὐδόκησεν ὁ, ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ ὅτε & εὐδόκησεν ὁ, ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 The statement **having set me apart from the womb of my mother and having called {me} through his grace** gives us further information about the **the one** (God). It is not making a distinction. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “when God, who is the one who set me apart from my mother’s womb and called me through his grace, was pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
89 GAL 1 15 iyc1 figs-idiom ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου 1 The phrase **from the womb of my mother** is a Hebrew idiom which means either “from the day of my birth” or “from before birth.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the day I was born” or “from before I was born.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
90 GAL 1 15 wd26 figs-explicit καλέσας 1 who called me through his grace Here, the word **called** means “to choose and summon.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen and summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
91 GAL 1 15 wlph figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
98 GAL 1 17 zqih figs-go ἀπῆλθον εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
99 GAL 1 18 c7gb grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events just described. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
100 GAL 1 18 rej5 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
101 GAL 1 19 av43 grammar-connect-exceptions ἕτερον…τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον ἕτερον & τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only other apostles I saw were James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
102 GAL 1 20 d9yv figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 **behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
103 GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Here, Paul uses a phrase that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
104 GAL 1 20 pp11 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **before God** is an oath. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an oath from your language that would be appropriate in this context or you could make it clear in your translation that Paul is making an oath. Alternate translation: “I solemnly testify before God” or “in God’s presence I testify” or “I swear with God as my witness” or “I swear before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
105 GAL 1 21 ny6z grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς 1 The word **then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events Paul has just described in [1:18-19](../01/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase or by expressing the meaning in some other way that is natural to your readers. Alternate translation: “After I left Jerusalem I went to” or “After that I went to” or “Afterwards I went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
106 GAL 1 22 y6l4 figs-activepassive ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ ἤμην & ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “none of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
107 GAL 1 22 wleq figs-synecdoche ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ ἤμην & ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the main feature of his appearance, his **face**, to refer figuratively to seeing his entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
108 GAL 1 22 sr0y figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in Christ** to describe the union believers have with Christ and here it is specifically describing/modifying **the churches of Judea**. If it would help your readers you could use a fuller phrase to describe what the phrase “in Christ” means here. See the discussion of this phrase in “Part 3: Important Translation Issues” in the “Introduction to 1 Corinthians” section. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
109 GAL 1 23 bdmz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between what the Judean believers did know about Paul (they were **hearing** that he was **now proclaiming the faith**) with what they did not know about Paul (how he looked, [1:22](../01/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
110 GAL 1 23 hw08 μόνον…ἀκούοντες ἦσαν μόνον & ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 Alternate translation: “all that the believers in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying” or “all that the people belonging to the churches in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying”
111 GAL 1 23 ss1e figs-explicit 1 Here, the phrase **The one** refers to Paul. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 GAL 1 23 bh1m figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
113 GAL 1 23 lo0r figs-metonymy τὴν πίστιν 1 Paul is figuratively describing the message about Jesus (the gospel) by association with **faith**, which is the response that the message about Jesus requires or solicits. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the good news about Jesus” or “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
131 GAL 2 3 wyrr grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing an idea that is in contrast to an idea that was presented in [2:2](../02/02.md). Paul is probably presenting the fact that **not even Titus … was forced to be circumcised** as being in contrast to the idea in [2:2](../02/02.md) that he might have “run in vain” (labored in vain). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]
132 GAL 2 3 ybww figs-distinguish ὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν 1 The phrase **the one with me** and the phrase **being a Greek** both give further information about **Titus**. Neither of these phrases is making a distinction between **Titus** and some other person. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my non-Jewish ministry partner, Titus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
133 GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν, ἠναγκάσθη περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised The phrase **was forced to be circumcised** is passive. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not even require my Greek ministry partner, Titus, to be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
134 GAL 2 4 kwoz διὰ δὲ…ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν διὰ δὲ & ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 The word **But** could: (1) be connected to [2:3](../02/03.md) and be giving the reason why some people were demanding that Titus be circumcised. Alternate translation: “But this issue occurred because of” (2) be connected to [2:1-2](../02/01.md) and be giving the reason why Paul “went up again to Jerusalem” (2:1) and privately “set before” (communicated to) the church leaders in Jerusalem the gospel that he proclaimed among the Gentiles (2:2). Alternate translation: “But I talked to them privately because” or “But we went to Jerusalem because of” (3) be beginning a sentence which Paul never completes. Alternate translation (notice that only the punctuation differs from the ULT, the closing “—” indicates that Paul does not complete his thought before moving onto the next verse): “But it was because of … so that they will enslave us—”
135 GAL 2 4 j5ka figs-metaphor παρεισάκτους ψευδαδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι 1 The false brothers came in secretly Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were spies. He means that they came pretending to be fellow believers with the intent of observing what Paul and the other believers were doing. By using this metaphor Paul means that these people had bad motives for wanting to observe the believers. If your readers would not understand what **spy on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “people who pretended to be Christians, who came into our midst in order to watch us closely,” or “people who said they were Christians but were not, who came into our group to view closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
136 GAL 2 4 jx0q παρεισάκτους 1 In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the phrase **brought in** could mean: (1) that these **false brothers** were invited in by someone. Alternate translation: “secretly invited” or (2) that they came into the midst of the believers by their own initiative. Alternate translation: “deceptive coming of”
137 GAL 2 4 fpkc figs-explicit ψευδαδέλφους 1 Here, the word **brothers** does not refer to biological brothers but rather to believers in Jesus. The phrase **false brothers** refers to those who pretended to be fellow believers in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
141 GAL 2 4 v9fp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which the **false brothers** spied on their freedom, to **enslave them**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
142 GAL 2 4 l7n7 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 to make us slaves Paul is speaking about how these people wanted to force the Galatian believers to follow the Jewish rituals that the law commanded. He is speaking about following the law as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslave** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to force us to obey the law”or “in order to make us slaves to the law” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143 GAL 2 5 pow3 figs-exclusive εἴξαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatian Christians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
144 GAL 2 5 w6dm figs-explicit οἷς οὐδὲ…εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ οἷς οὐδὲ & εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 Here, to **not … yield in submission** means “to not agree with and comply with the demands of” the people who said that Titus needed to be circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “we did not give in to their demands” or “we did not comply with what they wanted us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
145 GAL 2 5 bba7 figs-abstractnouns εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 yield in submission If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **submission**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
146 GAL 2 5 smpn figs-idiom ὥραν 1 Here, the phrase **an hour** refers to a short period of time. If you have an equivalent expression in your culture you could use that or if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a short period of time” or “a short amount of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
147 GAL 2 5 a3hr grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul and his ministry partners **did not … yield in submission** to those who taught that circumcision was necessary. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
155 GAL 2 6 c9xx figs-idiom πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” The phrase **God does not accept the face of man** is an idiom which means that God does not base his judgements and decisions on external factors. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God does not judge with partiality” or “God does not look at external factors when making decisions” or “God does not show partiality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
156 GAL 2 6 nm0b figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a general sense to mean all people in general, including women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
157 GAL 2 6 ku3t οἱ δοκοῦντες 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “those who seemed to be important” in [2:2](../02/02.md).
158 GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ…οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο ἐμοὶ & οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me Here, **me** represents what Paul was teaching. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “added nothing to what I teach” or “did not add anything to my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
159 GAL 2 7 visz grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 Paul uses the phrase **But on the contrary** to introduce a contrast to the idea that the leaders in Jerusalem might have added anything to the content of his message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
160 GAL 2 7 l5m5 figs-explicit ἰδόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having seen** means “having understood**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
161 GAL 2 7 vlpz figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God entrusted me with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166 GAL 2 8 n1b6 figs-ellipsis ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “also worked in me for apostleship to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
167 GAL 2 9 qfp1 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
168 GAL 2 9 dt40 figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
169 GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντες…εἶναι οἱ δοκοῦντες & εἶναι 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones seeming to be** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
170 GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171 GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν…κοινωνίας δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν & κοινωνίας 1 gave…the right hand of fellowship gave … the right hand of fellowship Here, **gave the right hand** is an action that indicates agreement. Shaking hands indicated that they agreed with each other and were pledging to work together as ministry partners towards the same goal. Essentially, they would be in fellowship and shaking each others right hand indicated this. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
172 GAL 2 9 yxvz figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
173 GAL 2 9 bl9v grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave the right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
174 GAL 2 9 uuss figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The words he is leaving out are probably “go” or “proclaim the good news.” If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we would go to the Gentiles, and they would go the circumcision” or “we would proclaim the good news to the Gentiles, and they would proclaim the good news to the circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
176 GAL 2 9 n8en figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομήν 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
177 GAL 2 10 fpj8 grammar-connect-exceptions μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Paul’s statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md), where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
178 GAL 2 10 v265 figs-exclusive μνημονεύωμεν 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
179 GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν τῶν πτωχῶν & μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
180 GAL 2 10 yfu3 figs-nominaladj πτωχῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
181 GAL 2 11 rdi8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
182 GAL 2 11 yuav figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
184 GAL 2 11 cr74 figs-explicit κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
185 GAL 2 11 qvig translate-versebridge ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν Κηφᾶς εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, ὅτι κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 This verse gives the result of Cephas’ hypocritical actions, and [2:12-13](../02/12.md) gives the reason for (and explanation leading to) the result. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by placing verse 12 and 13 before the contents of this verse as modeled by the UST. You would need to adapt or not translate the first phrase in [2:14](../02/14.md), “But when” so that [2:14](../02/14.md) begins with (or with something similar to) the phrase “I saw” as modeled by the UST. You would then present the combined verses as 11-13. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
186 GAL 2 12 yeeb grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces Paul’s reason for why he “opposed” Cephas “to his face” (see [2:11](../02/11.md)) and for why Paul claimed in [2:11](../02/11.md) that Cephas “stood condemned.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. If it would be more natural in your language to state the reason for an action before giving the result see the note for [2:11](../02/11.md) on creating a verse bridge. Alternate translation: “The reason is that” or “The reason that Peter stood condemned is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
187 GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖν…ἦλθον ἐλθεῖν & ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
188 GAL 2 12 b23d grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
189 GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from Alternate translation: “stayed away from”
190 GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision If it would help your readers, the reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly as modeled by the UST. See [6:12](../06/12.md) where Paul says that those trying to compel the Galatian believers were doing so because the did not want to be persecuted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
200 GAL 2 14 s978 figs-quotations εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 This is the beginning of a direct quotation in which Paul quotes what he **said to Cephas**. Some Bible scholars think this quote ends at the end of this verse while other Bible scholars think that this quotation goes until the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Some Bible scholars think that part of Paul’s words in [2:15-21](../02/15.md) could be him summarizing what he said to Peter and the Jews who were present. The ULT uses quotation marks from this point through the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of [2:21](../02/21.md) are a quotation. If you decide that Paul is only quoting himself through the end of this verse then use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of this verse are a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
201 GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphatically rebuke Cephas and to help Cephas understand the hypocrisy of his actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very hypocritical for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” or “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very wrong for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
202 GAL 2 14 qlzt grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you, being a Jew, live like a Gentile, and not a like Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
203 GAL 2 14 ish9 figs-yousingular σὺ…ἀναγκάζεις σὺ & ἀναγκάζεις 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse refer to Peter and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
204 GAL 2 15 vjsh figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **We** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
205 GAL 2 15 tzxo ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 Alternate translation: “We had Jewish parents and are not Gentiles”
206 GAL 2 15 tz45 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need God’s forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
207 GAL 2 16 vduo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
208 GAL 2 16 y3tl figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
209 GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται δικαιοῦται & δικαιωθῶμεν & δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
210 GAL 2 16 s2ys figs-possession ἔργων νόμου -1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe what types of **works** he is referring to. He is specifically referring to works of the Mosaic law. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses” or “doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded” or “doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
211 GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys” or “obey”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
212 GAL 2 16 ncnt grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but rather only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
213 GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
214 GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν ἡμεῖς & δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
215 GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
216 GAL 2 16 gp4w grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Here, the word **For** re-introduces and re-states the reason why Cephas and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**. They **believed in Jesus Christ** for the reason that **by works of the law no flesh will be justified**. The phrase **by works of the law no flesh will be justified** is saying the exact same thing, in slightly different words, as the phrase which occurs earlier in the verse which says **no man is justified by works of the law**. If it would not be natural in your language to re-introduce the reason after the result you could re-introduce and re-state the result. Alternate translation: “We believed in Christ Jesus because no flesh will be justified by works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
217 GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** refers to human beings. Paul uses a part of humans to refer to the entire human. The phrase “any flesh” means “any person.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
218 GAL 2 16 ctbj figs-extrainfo οὐ…ἄνθρωπος…πᾶσα σάρξ οὐ & ἄνθρωπος & πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
219 GAL 2 17 gf9q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word “But” to introduce new information into his ongoing explanation for why justification is through faith in Christ and not obeying the Law of Moses. Here, Paul is anticipating, and answering, a possible objection to justification by faith. The word **But** introduces this. Use a natural form in your language for doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
220 GAL 2 17 gtu7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
221 GAL 2 17 vnp6 figs-explicit ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in God’s sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
223 GAL 2 17 s2r8 figs-exclusive εὑρέθημεν 1 When Paul says **we** here it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
224 GAL 2 17 mg0h figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 Paul uses the word **ourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
225 GAL 2 17 ph83 figs-activepassive εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
226 GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοί…ἁμαρτίας ἁμαρτωλοί & ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
227 GAL 2 17 qw76 figs-rquestion ἆρα Χριστὸς ἁμαρτίας διάκονος 1 The phrase **is Christ then a minister of sin** is a rhetorical question. Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
228 GAL 2 17 yy9s μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! The expression **May it never be** gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?**. Use a natural way in your language for strongly and emphatically negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “No, never!” or “No way!”
229 GAL 2 18 mwuo figs-metaphor ἃ κατέλυσα, ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνω 1 Paul speaks of no longer thinking it is necessary to obey all the laws of Moses as if he were destroying the law of Moses. When he speaks of rebuilding **those things** he is referring to going back again to acting like, and teaching, that it is necessary to keep the laws of Moses. Paul is saying in this verse that he would be sinning if he **again** tried to go back to living as if it was necessary to obey the laws of Moses after becoming convinced that it was not necessary. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rebuild** or destroy in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
230 GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
231 GAL 2 19 wdaa grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is introducing the reason that Paul said **May it never be” in [2:17](../02/17.md) and and also introducing information which gives support for what he said in [2:18](../02/18.md). Use a natural form for introducing a reason for something that was said prior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
232 GAL 2 19 zqqw διὰ νόμου 1 Alternate translation: “by means of the law”
233 GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον ἐγὼ & νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers’ vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
234 GAL 2 19 yl7y grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose or reason for which he **died to the law**. The purpose was **so that** he **might live to God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
235 GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I might live for God” or “I might live to serve God” or “I might live to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
236 GAL 2 19 xg5q figs-metaphor Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 The phrase **I have been crucified with Christ** is a metaphor. Paul is not saying that he literally died with Christ. Paul is using this metaphor to express the reality that as a result of his faith in Christ, and the subsequent union with Christ that his faith has brought about, God now views Paul as if he had died with Christ. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **crucified with Christ** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
237 GAL 2 19 fh2i figs-activepassive Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “the law” was the reason Christ had to be but to death. Roman soldiers put Jesus to death, but in context Paul is explaining that it was because of the requirements of “the law” that put Christ to died. If you must state the action you could explain this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
238 GAL 2 20 o3jk figs-metaphor ζῶ…οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός ζῶ & οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **I no longer live, but Christ lives in me** is a metaphor. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or you could express the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
239 GAL 2 20 y2qf figs-ellipsis ὃ…νῦν ζῶ ὃ & νῦν ζῶ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
240 GAL 2 20 rtmc figs-synecdoche ὃ…νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί ὃ & νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. The phrase **that which I now live in the flesh** means “that life which I now live in the body” and refers to Paul’s present life on earth in his physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live in the body” or “that life which I now live in my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
241 GAL 2 20 a4j0 figs-explicit ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he now lives his life by means of having faith in God’s Son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I live by having faith in God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
242 GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **the Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
243 GAL 2 20 m55w figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με 1 The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
248 GAL 2 21 ogus figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “righteous”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
249 GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is not true. Paul stated two times in [2:16](../02/16.md) that no person is made righteous before God by obeying the Law of Moses. Also, Paul knows that Christ died for a definite purpose. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certainly false, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as a negative statement. If your language does state things as a hypothetical possibility that the speaker is trying to prove false then use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “since we know that righteousness is through faith in Christ and not through the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” or “because we know that God considers us righteousness because we believe in Christ and not because we keep the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
250 GAL 2 21 imxg grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Use a natural way in your language for expressing conditional “if … then” constructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
251 GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη εἰ & διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
252 GAL 2 21 dv5f διὰ νόμου 1 The phrase **through the law** is equivalent in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the phrase “by works of the law” the two times that it occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md).
253 GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing Alternate translation: “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying” or “then it was pointless for Christ to die”
254 GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality in Christ<br><br>All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter in contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”<br>Bible scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit all of the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
269 GAL 3 3 croz figs-ellipsis ἐναρξάμενοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Having begun the Christian life” or “Having begun your new relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
270 GAL 3 3 xff5 Πνεύματι 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
271 GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh Paul is describing the actions a person does while in their body by association with their body, which he calls **flesh**. Here, **flesh** refers to a reliance on one’s own effort in doing outward deeds and doing these actions with a self-sufficient and self-reliant trust in them instead of trusting God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
272 GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing…? Have you suffered so many things for nothing & ? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about the implications of believing and following the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
273 GAL 3 4 xujz figs-extrainfo τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 The original word that Paul used which is translated as **experienced** by the ULT could refer to: (1) the spiritual privileges and blessings that the Galatian believers had experienced such as receiving God’s Spirit when they believed in Jesus and God “working miracles” among them, both of which are mentioned in the next verse. If your language does not allow you to use a neutral term but rather requires a more specific term you could specify that the things the Galatians experienced were good things as modeled by the UST. (2) experiencing bad things such as suffering. If this is what Paul means here, then he is referring to the suffering that the Galatians believers experienced when they were persecuted. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that if what God has done for you was because of your obeying the laws that God gave to Moses and not because of trusting in Christ, did you not suffer many things needlessly? I certainly hope that you did not suffer like that needlessly” (3) both good things and bad things here and be referring to both the persecution that the Galatians had experienced and the spiritual blessings that they had experienced. Because it is not known for sure what type of things that Paul is referring to, if possible you should try to use a neutral term or expression. You could then translate this rhetorical question as the ULT does or with a similar neutral phrase such as “Did all the things that happened to you not cause you to think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
274 GAL 3 4 mvad ἐπάθετε 1 Alternate translation: “Did you experience”
275 GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ…καὶ εἰκῇ εἰκῇ & καὶ εἰκῇ 1 for nothing Alternate translation: “uselessly … it was really uselessly” or “in vain … it was really in vain” or “for no purpose … it was really for no purpose”
276 GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-hypo εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** shows contingency regarding his rhetorical question **Have you experienced so many things for nothing** and shows that Paul still has hope for the Galatians. Paul hopes that the Galatians will not make the **many things** that they have **experienced** be **for nothing** by following the false teachers who were teaching that it was necessary that they follow the laws of Moses such as circumcision and the dietary laws it required. Paul is making a hypothetical statement to help his readers recognize the serious implications of following the teachings of the false teachers instead of trusting in Jesus alone. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if indeed it was really for nothing that you experienced so many things, but I hope with you that this is not the case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
277 GAL 3 4 mx8b figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to help the Galatians think about what he is saying and to show that he still has hope that they will not follow the teachings of the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
278 GAL 3 5 fuzy figs-rquestion ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν τὸ Πνεῦμα καὶ ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 This entire verse is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to teach the Galatians a truth by engaging their reasoning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God who gives you his Spirit and does miracles among you does not do these things because you obey the law of Moses. Surely you must know that God gives you these blessings because you believed the good news about the Messiah when you heart it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
279 GAL 3 5 upx9 figs-explicit 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
280 GAL 3 5 xoax Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
281 GAL 3 5 qnkz figs-possession ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **by hearing of faith** in [3:02](../03/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
282 GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Does he…do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Does he … do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
283 GAL 3 5 j4vz figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 by the works of the law See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
284 GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by hearing with faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
285 GAL 3 6 ahy9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **Just as** indicates that what follows is connected to what precedes it, specifically [3:1-5](../03/01.md). The phrase **Just as** is also introducing new information. The new information that this phrase is introducing is the biblical example of Abraham. Use a form that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “Even as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
289 GAL 3 6 f7sv figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
290 GAL 3 7 i9x4 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 those of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
291 GAL 3 7 rh9q figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Your language may require you to state the object of **faith**. Here, the phrase **by faith** is probably a shortened way of of saying “who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ”. Here, the phrase **by faith** is equivalent or similar in meaning to the phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the ones who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “the ones who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
292 GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor υἱοί…Ἀβραὰμ υἱοί & Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham People who have faith in God, as Abraham did, are here spoken of as if they were Abraham’s **sons**. Paul does not mean that people who have faith in God are Abraham’s biological descendants but rather he is saying that they share a spiritual similarity to him because they believe in God, therefore Paul calls them **sons of Abraham**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of Abraham** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
293 GAL 3 7 pq0z figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 υἱοί Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
294 GAL 3 8 vs1m figs-personification προϊδοῦσα…ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ Θεὸς, προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ προϊδοῦσα & ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ Θεὸς, προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ 1 foreseeing Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could foresee **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith** and **preach the gospel**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
295 GAL 3 8 wws9 figs-extrainfo ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, the phrase **the Scripture** could refer to: (1) The Scriptures as a whole, referring here to the entire Old Testament. If you are are using capitalization, or some other convention, to indicate when the words “Scripture” and “Scriptures” refer to the entirety of the collected writings of the Bible use that convention here. Here, “Scripture” would only refer to the Old Testament since the New Testament was still in the process of being written at this time. Most likely Paul is referring to the entire Old Testament when he says “the Scripture” here, and then when he quotes Genesis 12:3 at the end of this verse he is giving a specific example of a passage within the Old Testament that teaches **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith**. (2) just the specific scripture reference which is cited at the end of this verse, Genesis 12:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
296 GAL 3 8 htbq figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the object of **faith** explicitly. Alternate translation: “by their faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
297 GAL 3 8 ojbm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”. Alternate translation: “by their believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
301 GAL 3 9 ss1b ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Consequently”
302 GAL 3 9 l1bq οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones by faith** in [3:7](../03/7.md) where it is used with the same meaning.
303 GAL 3 9 m5ef figs-activepassive οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones by faith are the ones that God will bless” or “the ones who believe are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
304 GAL 3 10 r5bm figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν ὅσοι & ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν 1 Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is probably a shortened way of saying “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous”. Here, the phrase **of works of the law** is similar in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “no man is justified by works of the law”. Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is describing people who rely on the **works of the law** and is in contrast to the phrase “the ones by faith” in [3:7](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “as many as rely on the works of the law as the basis for being righteous before God” or “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous” or “as many as are trusting that God will consider them righteous because they try to obey the Law of Moses” or “as many as are seeking for God to consider them righteous on the basis of following what the Mosaic Law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
305 GAL 3 10 uz3y figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1
306 GAL 3 10 fv3c figs-activepassive γέγραπται…γεγραμμένοις γέγραπται & γεγραμμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
307 GAL 3 10 mxe7 ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 the works of the law Alternate translation: “All people who follow the law” or “Everyone who tries to be justified through obeying the law”
308 GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-explicit ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on…the law are under a curse All who rely on … the law are under a curse Here, **under a curse** represents being cursed by God and refers to being condemned by God and therefore being doomed to eternal punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “are cursed by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
309 GAL 3 10 bin9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “curse”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
310 GAL 3 10 uj98 figs-explicit γέγραπται 1 Here, Paul uses the phrase **it is written** to indicate that what follows is a quotation from the Old Testament Scriptures. Paul assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
311 GAL 3 11 zyvq figs-activepassive ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God justifies no one as a result of their seeking to obey the Law of Moses” or “God justifies no person on the basis of doing what the Law of Moses commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318 GAL 3 11 e610 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the object of **faith** here is God. Alternate translation: “by believing in God” or “because they believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
319 GAL 3 12 jr9l grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 The word **Now** indicates that Paul is introducing new information into his argument and it also indicates that Paul is introducing information that will be in contrast with his statement in [3:11](../03/11.md), that “the law” is not able to justify a person. Use a natural form in your language for indicating these things. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
320 GAL 3 12 hr2x figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
321 GAL 3 12 r7i7 figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως ὁ & νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the phrase **the law is not by faith** means that the Law of Moses is not based on faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the Law of Moses is not founded on faith” or “the Law of Moses is not dependent upon faith” or “when God gave his laws to the Jews he did not make them dependent upon a person believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
322 GAL 3 12 fml8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is indicating a contrast between **law** and **faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
323 GAL 3 12 opyp writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 The phrase **The one doing these things will live in them** is a quotation from Leviticus 18:5. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations from an important or sacred text. Alternate translation: “but as it is written in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
324 GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
325 GAL 3 12 rep5 figs-explicit ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Here, the phrase **will live in them** means FILL or DELETE. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will live because of them” or “will because he obeyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
326 GAL 3 13 iql5 figs-metaphor ἐξηγόρασεν 1 Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of God sending Jesus to pay for people’s sins by dying on the cross. If your readers would not understand what **redeem** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
327 GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάρας…κατάρα τῆς κατάρας & κατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
328 GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul is describing a person who is cursed by God by association with the **curse** itself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “one who was cursed” or “one who was cursed by God” or “one who God cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
329 GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for”
330 GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture.
350 GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
351 GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
352 GAL 3 16 hdfm ἐπαγγελίαι 1 Now See how you translated the word “promise” in [3:14](../03/14.md).
353 GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ & τοῖς σπέρμασιν & τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
354 GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ & τοῖς σπέρμασιν & τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one.
355 GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
356 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
357 GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
361 GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
362 GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
363 GAL 3 17 ydsw ἐπαγγελίαν 1 See how you translated the word **promise** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
364 GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ…ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ εἰ & ἐκ & ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from…then it is no longer from” Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from … then it is no longer from”
365 GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of God’s blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “God’s blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
366 GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐκ νόμου & οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from”
367 GAL 3 18 pe31 ἐπαγγελίας…ἐπαγγελίας ἐπαγγελίας & ἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the word **promise** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
368 GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
369 GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
370 GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens.
387 GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
388 GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
389 GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section.
390 GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁ…νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν ὁ & νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have and to introduce his answer to the question which begins with the phrase **if a was given being able to make alive...** If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you might think that the law is against the promises” or “you might think that the law is opposed to the promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
391 GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises”
392 GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
393 GAL 3 21 q7su ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 See how you translated the word “promise” in [3:14](../03/14.md).
394 GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!”
395 GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως εἰ & ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
396 GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
397 GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
398 GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
412 GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
413 GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does in this verse.
414 GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
415 GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τὴν πίστιν & τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
416 GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν πρὸ τοῦ & ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
417 GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
418 GAL 3 23 aue6 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 under Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
419 GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the time when the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
420 GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
421 GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
422 GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and introduce the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as an object of faith. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal the message about trusting in Christ that he was about to reveal” (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “in order to lead us to believe in the good news that God was about to reveal” or “in order that we might be ready to believe the good news concerning Christ, the news that God would reveal later”
423 GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν τὴν & πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
424 GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the faith that God was about to reveal” or “until the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
425 GAL 3 24 we2y grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 guardian Here, the phrase **So then** is introducing a result. Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “Thus” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
426 GAL 3 24 mcdn figs-metaphor ὁ νόμος, παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν 1 Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what a **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning by using a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
446 GAL 3 26 kht6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) that the spiritual position of the Galatian believers was “in Christ Jesus.” Alternate translation: “being in union with Christ Jesus” or “you are in union with Christ Jesus” (2) that **Christ Jesus** was the object of Galatian believers faith. Alternate translation: “which is in Christ Jesus” or “towards Christ Jesus”
447 GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
448 GAL 3 27 yicn figs-explicit ὅσοι 1 The phrase **as many as** means “as many of you as.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
449 GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐβαπτίσθητε ὅσοι & ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
450 GAL 3 27 v6n1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “a person” did it. Alternate translation: “someone has baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
451 GAL 3 27 ucuk figs-metaphor εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ Paul speaks of being **baptized into Christ** as if **Christ** were a physical location into which someone could be baptized. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ and coming into close spiritual union with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
452 GAL 3 27 dgkv figs-metonymy εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ By speaking of baptism, Paul could be describing all of the things which belong to a believers initial conversion experience. Paul would then be associating all of them with one part of their conversion experience, water baptism, in which case baptism is an abbreviated way of referring conversion and the things that are part of it such as belief in Christ, baptism, and receiving Holy Spirit. If you decide that this is what Paul means here, and if it would help your readers, you could indicate this explicitly or you could explain this in a footnote if you are using them. Alternate translation: “God has saved have put on Christ” or “have believed in Christ have put on Christ” or “have experienced God’s salvation have put on Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
453 GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that those who believe in him have **put on**. Here, when Paul says that all believers have **put on Christ** he means that all believers have identified with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
454 GAL 3 28 srk1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason for why (if someone is a believer in Christ) it is as if there is no longer **Jew nor Greek** or **slave** or **free** or **male** or **female**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase (which follows the word **for**) gives the reason for the result that the first part of this verse describes. Alternate translation: “Because you are all one in Christ Jesus, there is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
455 GAL 3 28 tu05 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 In this verse, Paul’s point is that people who believe in Christ are no longer divided by racial, social, or gender distinctions but rather now have **one** common identity. This new common identity is that they are now **in (union with) Christ**. Paul is not saying that these human distinction no longer exist, rather he is saying that they now cease to be significant because believers have a new spiritual identity, which is being **in Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you who are believers, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” or “For you who believe in Christ, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456 GAL 3 28 aonk figs-doublenegatives οὐκ…Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ οὐκ & Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 If your readers would misunderstand these double negatives, you could translate each double negative using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “neither Jew or Greek, there is neither slave or free, there is neither male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
457 GAL 3 28 zxfp figs-explicit Ἕλλην 1 Here, the term **Greek** refers to non-Jewish people. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
458 GAL 3 28 pfrh figs-explicit ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, the term **free** refers to people who are not slaves and thus are free from bondage to a master. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “free person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
459 GAL 3 28 fy09 γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason. Use a natural form for introducing the reason for something that was said previously. Alternate translation: “because”
461 GAL 3 28 mppd figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **one** to indicate that all believers share the same equal position because of their new identity which they have by being **in Christ**. (Paul is further explaining his statement from the previous verse in which he says that all believers have “put on Christ”, meaning that they have a new and common identity which is derived from and centers on Christ). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** means here. Alternate translation: “one person” or “one and the same standing” or “of equal standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
462 GAL 3 28 pddu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul speaks of believers being **in Christ Jesus** as if **Christ Jesus** were a physical location into which someone could be. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ in a close spiritual union. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
463 GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
464 GAL 3 29 ovzy grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἄρα εἰ & ἄρα 1 Paul is using an **if … then” statement to express a hypothetical condition and what the result is for those people who meet the requirement of the condition. Paul is telling the Galatians that **if** they belong to Christ **then** they are Abrahams spiritual descendents. Use a natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
465 GAL 3 29 lth0 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ἐστέ ὑμεῖς & ἐστέ 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
466 GAL 3 29 wceh ὑμεῖς Χριστοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “you are Christ’s” or “you belong to Christ”
467 GAL 3 29 xwrj figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
468 GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs Paul speaks of believers, who are the spiritual descendants **of Abraham**, as if they were **heirs** who were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. If your readers would not understand what **heirs** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
475 GAL 4 2 eyfx grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast and indicating that what follows is in contrast to what came before it in the preceding verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
476 GAL 4 2 jtpo figs-explicit ἐστὶ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to “the heir” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heir is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
477 GAL 4 2 ppf1 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
478 GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπους…καὶ οἰκονόμους ἐπιτρόπους & καὶ οἰκονόμους 1 The terms **guardians** and **stewards** refer to two different roles but these terms do not necessarily refer to two different groups of people since one person could have responsibility for filling both roles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “someone who is his guardian and steward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
479 GAL 4 2 bd5a translate-unknown ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians A guardian was a person who had the role of being responsible for a child. This person’s job was to supervise and care for the child whom they were in charge of make sure that the child was instructed in what they should do. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people supervise a child” or “people who are in charge of a child” or “people who are in charge of a minor” or “people who are responsible for a minor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
480 GAL 4 2 v5g9 translate-unknown οἰκονόμους 1 trustees Here, the word **stewards** refers to people who are entrusted with the role of managing property until the child who is the heir is old enough to inherit it. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people manage the child’s possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
481 GAL 4 2 khzl figs-activepassive προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the “father” did it. Alternate translation: “date which his father appointed” or “time which his father appointed”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
485 GAL 4 3 rwwj figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who was doing the action, Paul says that “the elemental principles of the world” were doing it. See the note on personification regarding **the elemental principles of this world**. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world were enslaving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
486 GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Paul speaks of being under the control of **the elemental principles of the world** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
487 GAL 4 3 l0fg figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the power of” or “under the authority of.” See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the power of” or “under the authority of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
488 GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου…δεδουλωμένοι ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου & δεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
489 GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world **the elemental principles of the world** could refer to: (1) the religious and/or moral teachings that people, whether they be a Jew or a non-Jew, seek to obey in order to please God and/or think of themselves as praiseworthy and good. (2) the things prescribed by the Mosaic law. 3) spiritual beings which people thought controlled **the world**.
490 GAL 4 4 ogo3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast between the time prior to **when the fullness of time came**, which Paul described before this verse, and the time after **the fullness of time came**, which Paul describes in this verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
491 GAL 4 4 ujfp τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου 1 The phrase **the fullness of time** means “the right time” or “the time that God appointed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the right time” or “the designated time” or “the appointed time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
512 GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow.
513 GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
514 GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
515 GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir you are no longer a slave … you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
516 GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
517 GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
518 GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός υἱός & υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God … a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
519 GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός υἱός & υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child … a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
520 GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
521 GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
522 GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
527 GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
528 GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
529 GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
530 GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες γνόντες & γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them.
531 GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
532 GAL 4 9 wkt9 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
533 GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? how is it that you are turning back to … principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
534 GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md).
535 GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
536 GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
537 GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
538 GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is plural here and refers to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
539 GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς ἡμέρας & καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
540 GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
541 GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς ὑμᾶς & ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
542 GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
543 GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
544 GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly”
545 GAL 4 12 mad2 figs-yousingular οἴδατε…ὑμῖν οἴδατε & ὑμῖν 1 may have been for nothing In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
546 GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
547 GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
548 GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
568 GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
569 GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
570 GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
571 GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν ζηλοῦσιν & θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
572 GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good”
573 GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
574 GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
581 GAL 4 19 u9fp figs-synecdoche μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **Christ would be formed in you** could be: (1) synecdoche in which case Paul is using the word **Christ** to refer to being a mature follower of Christ who is mature in their thinking and whose actions resemble Christ’s actions. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ’s nature becomes fully developed in you” or “you become a mature follower of Christ” or “you resemble Christ in your actions and in your thinking” (2) be a metaphor in which case Paul is describing the Galatian believers as if they were mothers and Christ was being formed inside them. Alternate translation: “Christ's nature becomes developed in you completely and wholeheartedly as a child becomes developed in his mother's womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
582 GAL 4 19 k4fo figs-activepassive μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forms Christ in you” or “God would form Christ in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
583 GAL 4 20 csin δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “and”
584 GAL 4 20 ucgi grammar-connect-logic-result ἤθελον…παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, καὶ ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν ἤθελον & παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, καὶ ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I am perplexed about you, I am desiring to be present with you now and to change my tone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
585 GAL 4 20 j8on figs-explicit ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου 1 The phrase **change my tone** refers to Paul “changing the manner of his communication” towards the Galatians from being stern and rebuking to being more affectionate. Paul loved the Galatian believers, however, because of the serious nature of the false teaching which the Galatians were being tempted to accept, combined with Paul’s physical distance from the Galatians, he felt that he needed to write to them and firmly and sternly correct their false thinking with the hope that they would not believe or follow false teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the phrase **change my tone** means here. Alternate translation: “to speak in a different manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
586 GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”
587 GAL 4 21 sf5v figs-yousingular οἱ 1 Here, the word **you** is plural. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
594 GAL 4 22 ljse figs-quotemarks Ἀβραὰμ δύο υἱοὺς ἔσχεν; ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 In this verse and in all of [4:23](../04/23.md) Paul is summarizing a story from the book of Genesis and is not directly quoting Scripture so you should not use quotation marks or anything else that might cause your readers to think that Paul is directly quoting Scripture here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
595 GAL 4 22 wbg3 ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 Alternate translation: “one son from the slave girl and one son from the free woman”
596 GAL 4 23 djsd grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλ’ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce additional information regarding the two sons mentioned in [4:22](../04/22.md). In the remainder of this verse Paul contrasts the way in which the two sons were born. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
597 GAL 4 23 bthj παιδίσκης…ἐλευθέρας παιδίσκης & ἐλευθέρας 1 See how you translated **slave girl** and **free woman** in [4:22](../04/22.md).
598 GAL 4 23 s2pc figs-explicit κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, the phrase **according to the flesh** means that Ishmael was born in the natural way by which all children are born, without God intervening and performing a miracle. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the natural way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
599 GAL 4 23 wjvp grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. It is introducing a contrast between Ishmael, **the one** who **was born from the slave girl according to the flesh** and Isaac, who was born **from the free woman, through promise**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
600 GAL 4 23 qnl9 figs-explicit δι’ ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, the phrase **through promise** means “through God’s promise to Abraham” and refers to God supernaturally intervening and enabling Abraham’s wife Sarah (**the free woman**) to become pregnant in order to fulfill his **promise** to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “through God’s promise to Abraham” or “was conceived supernaturally as a result of what God had promised Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
605 GAL 4 24 b120 figs-explicit αὗται 1 Here, the word **they** refers to Sarah and Hagar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
606 GAL 4 24 mfa9 διαθῆκαι 1 See how you translated the word “covenant” in [3:15](../03/15.md).
607 GAL 4 24 mt7j μία 1 The word **One** here could refer to: (1) the covenant which God made at Mount Sinai which resulted in spiritual slavery to the law. Alternate translation: “One covenant” (2) Hagar in which case Paul means that she corresponds to Mount Sinai (See [4:25](../04/25.md)) and gave birth to children destined for slavery. Alternate translation: “One woman”
608 GAL 4 24 u4hr figs-synecdoche Ὄρους Σινά 1 Mount Sinai Paul uses **Mount Sinai** to refer to the covenant with the laws that Moses gave to the Israelites there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai, where Moses received the law and gave it to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Paul uses **Mount Sinai** to refer to the covenant with the laws that Moses gave to the Israelites there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai, where Moses received the law and gave it to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
609 GAL 4 24 aani figs-metaphor εἰς δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 Paul speaks of the law of Moses “producing” or “resulting in” something as if the process of “producing” were **giving birth**. Paul speaks of the “spiritual bondage” of being under the law of Moses as if it were **slavery**. Paul is saying the the law of Moses “produces spiritual slavery.” If your readers would not understand what **giving birth** or **slavery** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and produces spiritual slavery” or “and results in spiritual slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
610 GAL 4 24 e3rc figs-abstractnouns δουλείαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
611 GAL 4 25 u1cc figs-explicit τὸ&Ἁγὰρ Σινά Ὄρος ἐστὶν 1 she represents **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means that “Hagar symbolizes Mount Sinai.” Here, Paul begin to explain the meaning of the allegory which he began in [4:22](../04/22.md). If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly what the phrase **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means here as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Hagar represents Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means that “Hagar symbolizes Mount Sinai.” Here, Paul begin to explain the meaning of the allegory which he began in [4:22](../04/22.md). If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly what the phrase **Hagar is Mount Sinai** means here as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Hagar represents Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
612 GAL 4 25 klcv figs-synecdoche τὸ&Ἁγὰρ Σινά Ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ Ἀραβίᾳ 1 she represents Paul uses **Mount Sinai in Arabia** to refer to the covenant with the laws that Moses gave to the Israelites there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “Hagar resembles Mount Sinai in Arabia, where Moses received the law and gave it to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
613 GAL 4 25 azzt figs-ellipsis συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. The words that Paul leaves out could be: (1) Hagar. Alternate translation: “Hagar corresponds” (2) Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai corresponds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. The words that Paul leaves out could be: (1) Hagar. Alternate translation: “Hagar corresponds” (2) Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai corresponds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
614 GAL 4 25 xvhr figs-metonymy νῦν Ἰερουσαλήμ, δουλεύει γὰρ 1 she represents Paul is describing the religion of Judaism (which emphasized obeying the law of Moses) by association with the city of Jerusalem, which was the center of this religion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “religion of Judaism, for all who follow this religion are in slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Paul is describing the religion of Judaism (which emphasized obeying the law of Moses) by association with the city of Jerusalem, which was the center of this religion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “religion of Judaism, for all who follow this religion are in slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
615 GAL 4 25 bonn figs-metaphor δουλεύει γὰρ μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Paul speaks of the religion of Judaism, with its emphasis on obeying the law of Moses, as being **in slavery**. Here, Paul uses the word **slavery** to refer to the ”spiritual bondage“ that seeking to obey the religious system based on the law of Moses creates for those who seek to obey it as a means of meriting God’s approval. Here, **slavery** refers to “spiritual bondage” and **children** refers to those people who seek to obey the law of Moses as a means of meriting God’s approval. If your readers would not understand what **slavery** and **children** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for Jerusalem represents the religious system of Judaism, which results in spiritual bondage for all those practice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of the religion of Judaism, with its emphasis on obeying the law of Moses, as being **in slavery**. Here, Paul uses the word **slavery** to refer to the ”spiritual bondage“ that seeking to obey the religious system based on the law of Moses creates for those who seek to obey it as a means of meriting God’s approval. Here, **slavery** refers to “spiritual bondage” and **children** refers to those people who seek to obey the law of Moses as a means of meriting God’s approval. If your readers would not understand what **slavery** and **children** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for Jerusalem represents the religious system of Judaism, which results in spiritual bondage for all those practice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
616 GAL 4 25 frft figs-personification δουλεύει&μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Here, Paul refers to the city of **Jerusalem** as though it were a woman (**she** and **her**) who could be **in slavery** and have **children**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem represents the religious system of Judaism, which results in spiritual bondage for all those practice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
617 GAL 4 25 flc8 figs-abstractnouns δουλεύει 1 she represents If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slavery**, you could express the same idea with a concrete noun such as “slave”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
618 GAL 4 26 busv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 she represents Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between “the present Jerusalem” mentioned in [425:](../04/25.md) and **the Jerusalem above** in this verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between “the present Jerusalem” mentioned in [425:](../04/25.md) and **the Jerusalem above** in this verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
619 GAL 4 26 qsz6 ἡ&ἄνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 The phrase **the Jerusalem above** could refer to: (1) the heavenly city of God. Alternate translation: “the heavenly Jerusalem” (2) all Christians and be referring to the Christian church which is comprised of all those who believe in Jesus. REVISIT-SEE SIL EX SUMM PG 175
620 GAL 4 26 qpxq figs-explicit ἐλευθέρα 1 Here, the word **free** refers to spiritual freedom and freedom from the law and sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “spiritually free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, the word **free** refers to spiritual freedom and freedom from the law and sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “spiritually free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
621 GAL 4 26 iwg1 figs-metaphor ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ ἡμῶν 1 Paul speaks of **the Jerusalem above** as if it was were the **mother**. If your readers would not understand what **mother** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. REVISIT-SEE SIL EX SUMM PG 175 Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
622 GAL 4 26 c4qu figs-personification μήτηρ ἡμῶν 1 Paul speaks of **the Jerusalem above** as if it was were a **mother**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Paul speaks of **the Jerusalem above** as if it was were a **mother**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
623 GAL 4 26 ijkp figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of all believers in Jesus, which would include himself and the Galatian believers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
624 GAL 4 27 kfc6 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **For** to indicate that he is introducing material which supports what he said in [4:26](../04/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which supports a prior claim. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) Here, Paul uses the word **For** to indicate that he is introducing material which supports what he said in [4:26](../04/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which supports a prior claim. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
625 GAL 4 27 jt53 γέγραπται 1 Here, Paul uses the phrase it is written to indicate that what follows is a quotation from the Old Testament Scriptures. Paul assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
626 GAL 4 27 ummm figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the prophet “Isaiah” did it. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the prophet “Isaiah” did it. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
627 GAL 4 27 jql2 writing-quotations εὐφράνθητι, στεῖρα, ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον, ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα, ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον, ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα 1 Rejoice This is a quotation from Isaiah 54:1. Use a natural way of indicating that something is a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
628 GAL 4 27 y6x4 1
629 GAL 4 27 scqa grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason to **Rejoice**. Use a natural form for introducing a reason to do something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n The word **because** is introducing the reason to **Rejoice**. Use a natural form for introducing a reason to do something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
630 GAL 4 28 jfx1 grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that what he writes next is connected to what he wrote immediately before this and that he is continuing his line of thought. Use a natural form in your language to indicate that what follows is in continuity with what precedes it. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) Here, Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that what he writes next is connected to what he wrote immediately before this and that he is continuing his line of thought. Use a natural form in your language to indicate that what follows is in continuity with what precedes it. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
631 GAL 4 28 oyo4 figs-simile ὑμεῖς&ἀδελφοί, κατὰ Ἰσαὰκ, ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα ἐστέ 1 The point of this comparison is that anyone who will be like, who . If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
632 GAL 4 28 p45d figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
633 GAL 4 28 ad75 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
634 GAL 4 28 ct63 figs-metaphor ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Here, **children** could: (1) be a metaphor which means “God’s spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual descendants” or “God’s children” (2) be a metaphor which means “Abraham’s spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “Abraham’s spiritual descendants” or “Abraham’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **children** could: (1) be a metaphor which means “God’s spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual descendants” or “God’s children” (2) be a metaphor which means “Abraham’s spiritual descendants.” Alternate translation: “Abraham’s spiritual descendants” or “Abraham’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
635 GAL 4 28 u3dr figs-possession ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe the source of **children**. He means that the **children** are the **children** or “descendants” which God promised to supernaturally give to Abraham and therefore they are **children** whose source derives from God fulfillment of his **promise** to Abraham. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “children of God’s promise” or “children of God’s promise to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Paul is using the possessive form to describe the source of **children**. He means that the **children** are the **children** or “descendants” which God promised to supernaturally give to Abraham and therefore they are **children** whose source derives from God fulfillment of his **promise** to Abraham. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “children of God’s promise” or “children of God’s promise to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
636 GAL 4 28 u9t0 ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of promise See how you translated the word **promise** in [3:14](../03/14.md).
637 GAL 4 29 c9lf κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh See how you translated the phrase **according to flesh** in [4:23](../04/23.md).
638 GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit Here, **according to Spirit** means Isaac was born in a supernatural way, through the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “because of the Spirit” or “because of the work of the Spirit”
639 GAL 4 29 jff1 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
640 GAL 4 30 ca1m ἀλλὰ 1
641 GAL 4 30 a2xo figs-rquestion τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to get the Galatian believers to think about the scripture verse he cites next. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to get the Galatian believers to think about the scripture verse he cites next. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
642 GAL 4 30 klbo figs-personification λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 Here, Paul speaks of the **scripture** passage he is quoting from Genesis as though it were a were a person who could speak . If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “does Moses say in the scripture” or “does Moses write in the scripture”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, Paul speaks of the **scripture** passage he is quoting from Genesis as though it were a were a person who could speak . If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “does Moses say in the scripture” or “does Moses write in the scripture”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
643 GAL 4 30 kg1j writing-quotations ἔκβαλε τὴν παιδίσκην καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς; οὐ γὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσει ὁ υἱὸς τῆς παιδίσκης, μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 This is a quotation from Genesis. Use a natural way of indicating that something is a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
644 GAL 4 30 mjj5 κληρονομήσει 1 See how you translated the similar word “inheritance” in [3:18](../03/18.md). See how you translated the similar word “inheritance” in [3:18](../03/18.md).
645 GAL 4 31 g74v διό 1
646 GAL 4 31 sy8u figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
647 GAL 4 31 iz3b figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 brothers Paul speaks of “spiritual descendants” as if they were **children**. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of “spiritual descendants” as if they were **children**. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
648 GAL 4 31 ily3 ἀλλὰ 1
649 GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) # Galatians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. In this chapter Paul declares repeatedly that Christ has freed believers from being obligated to obey the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br><br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. The word “fruit” is singular and refers to the nine qualities listed in [5:22–23](../05/22.md) to show that they are a united cluster of qualities that are manifested in each believer. Translators should keep the singular form for “fruit” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
650 GAL 5 1 up16 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 0 1 Connecting Statement: For freedom Christ has set us free Paul applies the allegory of the two women to remind believers that the are free from having to obey the law. **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ **set** believers **free** from being required to obey the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
651 GAL 5 1 kuu9 dt67 figs-explicit grammar-connect-logic-goal τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ sets believers free from the law and that they are not obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free from the law so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) **For** here indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Christ freed believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “For the purpose of freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
652 GAL 5 1 j679 hh1k figs-metaphor figs-abstractnouns στήκετε τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ&δουλείας 1 Stand firm For freedom Christ has set us free **Stand firm** figuratively refers to staying strongly resolute for a certain task. Here, it is implied that the Galatian believers are continue to be determined to live a life free from the law. Alternate translation: “Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else” or “Be determined to stay free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) See how you translated **freedom** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and **slavery** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
653 GAL 5 1 ovu1 wfny figs-metaphor figs-exclusive μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ δουλείας ἐνέχεσθε ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **do not again be subjected to a yoke of slavery** figuratively refers to being obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: “do not live like one who is controlled like being under a yoke of slavery to the law” or “do not go back again to being a slave of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) When Paul says **us** here, he is speaking of himself, his traveling companions, and the Galatian believers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
654 GAL 5 2 1 lrsx j679 figs-metaphor ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε στήκετε 1 Stand firm Alternate translation: “if you let someone circumcise you” or “if you receive circumcision” **Stand firm** here refers to someone remaining steadfast in what one believes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be unmoved” or “Remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
655 GAL 5 2 1 vk9o eamw figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει. μὴ πάλιν&ἐνέχεσθε 1 Paul means that if a person is circumcised in order to receive salvation, then all that Christ has done for them is for nothing. No one can be justified by faith in Christ and at the same time by their own efforts. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not again subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
656 GAL 5 3 1 h4q5 ovu1 figs-metaphor μαρτύρομαι δὲ μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ δουλείας ἐνέχεσθε 1 I testify Alternate translation: “I declare” or “I serve as a witness” or “I tell you” or “I warn you” Here Paul speaks of someone being obligated to obey the laws God gave the Jews as if that person were **subjected to a yoke of slavery.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “do not go back to being obligated to obey the law” or “do not be subjected to the law like one who is under a yoke of slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
657 GAL 5 4 1 h4yu f969 figs-metaphor figs-possession κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ ζυγῷ δουλείας 1 You are cut off from Christ Here **cut off** is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) James is using the possessive form to describe a **yoke** that is **slavery**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a yoke, that is, slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
658 GAL 5 4 2 ipf7 bki6 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε ἴδε 1 you who would be justified by the law The phrase **being justified by the law** describes the attempt or pursuit to be justified by the law. Alternate translation: “all of you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law” or “you who want to be justified by the law” Paul uses the term **Behold** to focus his audience’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
659 GAL 5 4 2 k6xe lrsx figs-explicit figs-activepassive τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 you no longer experience grace Alternate translation: “you have turned your back on the grace of God” or “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone circumcises you” or “if you receive circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
660 GAL 5 5 2 pdm1 vk9o figs-exclusive figs-explicit Χριστὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει. 0 1 General Information: Here, **we** refers to Paul and those who do not trust in the law, but in the Messiah. And exclusive form of “we” fits the context better in this case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) In this clause Paul means that if a person is circumcised in order to receive salvation, then what Christ has done to provide salvation for them will not help them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ has done will not benefit you at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
661 GAL 5 5 3 vvk6 h4q5 figs-activepassive Πνεύματι περιτεμνομένῳ 1 For through the Spirit Alternate translation: “by the power of the Spirit” or “by the help of the Spirit” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who has someone circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
662 GAL 5 5 3 kvpn iqy8 figs-explicit Πνεύματι ὅλον τὸν νόμον ποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. Paul implies that a **circumcised** man must obey **the whole law** in order to be righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do the whole law to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
663 GAL 5 5 3 qg9m cwlk grammar-collectivenouns ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα ὅλον τὸν νόμον 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness This could mean: (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith” Here, **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. See how **law** is translated in [2:16](../02/16.md) and [Romans 2:12](../../rom/02/12.md). Alternate translation: “all of God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
664 GAL 5 6 4 y2ww v01q figs-metonymy writing-pronouns οὔτε περιτομή…οὔτε ἀκροβυστία κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ, οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 neither circumcision nor uncircumcision The words **circumcision** and **uncircumcision** refer to being a Jew or a non-Jew. Alternate translation: “neither being a Jew nor not being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) **You** here refers to **whoever is being justified by the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “You who are being justified by the law were cut off from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
665 GAL 5 6 4 qp6b wsls figs-activepassive τι ἰσχύει κατηργήθητε&δικαιοῦσθε 1 means anything Alternate translation: “makes no difference” or “is meaningless” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You cut yourselves off … is justifying oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
666 GAL 5 7 4 jj48 h4yu figs-metaphor ἐτρέχετε κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You were running You are cut off from Christ Paul uses the metaphor of **running** to describe the spiritual progress the Galatian believers were making. Alternate translation: “You were making excellent progress” or “you were doing so well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **cut off** refers to being separated from Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are separated from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
667 GAL 5 8 4 sx6u ipf7 figs-explicit πεισμονὴ οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 persuasion you who would be justified by the law Here, **persuasion** refers to the idea of getting a person to change what they believe and act differently. Alternate translation: “This teaching which persuaded you to stop trusting in the Messiah” or “This way of thinking” Paul implies that these people were trying to be **justified by** obeying **the law,** which is impossible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever attempts to be justified by obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
668 GAL 5 9 4 q926 ygbj grammar-collectivenouns μικρὰ ζύμη νόμῳ 1 you who would be justified by the law **A little leaven** describes the teaching of circumcision, which threaten to ruin the entire lives of the Galatian believers. See how you translated **law** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
669 GAL 5 10 4 enp1 k6xe figs-metaphor οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you will take no other view Alternate translation: “you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you” or “you will not think differently than what I believe” Here Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were something that a person could fall away from. He means that people who are trying to save themselves by obeying the law do not receive God’s **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have rejected the grace of God” or “God will no longer be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
670 GAL 5 10 5 jc72 nabj grammar-connect-logic-result ταράσσων ὑμᾶς γὰρ 1 is troubling you Alternate translation: “is causing you to be uncertain about the truth” or “stirs up trouble among you” **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul stated in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
671 GAL 5 10 5 llh5 kvpn figs-explicit ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ Πνεύματι 1 whoever he is This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether they are important or influential. Here and throughout this chapter, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy **Spirit**. See how you translated the same use of **Spirit** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
672 GAL 5 11 5 d4mm vvk6 figs-hypo figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι ἐκ πίστεως&ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize the fact that people are persecuting him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith**, **hope**, and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **faith** in [2:16](../02/16.md) and **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). Alternate translation: “by trusting … what is hopeful of what it righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
673 GAL 5 11 5 nv5x pdm1 figs-gendernotations figs-exclusive ἀδελφοί ἡμεῖς 1 Brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Here, **we** refers to Paul and those who trust in Christ instead of the law, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
674 GAL 5 11 5 y3ug qg9m figs-activepassive figs-infostructure κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ ἡμεῖς&ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) This could mean: (1) **we eagerly wait** **by faith**. Alternate translation: “we eagerly wait by faith for the hope of righteousness” (2) **righteousness** is **by faith**. Alternate translation: “we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
675 GAL 5 11 5 arj5 xtqp figs-metaphor figs-possession κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This could mean: (1) people **hope** for **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the hope for righteousness” (2) **the hope** is **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the hope, that is, righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
676 GAL 5 12 6 sfl2 rn0r figs-metaphor grammar-connect-logic-result ἀποκόψονται γὰρ 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) **For** here indicates that what follows is a reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
677 GAL 5 13 6 y1g7 bhdg figs-metaphor γὰρ ἐν&Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md). See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
678 GAL 5 13 6 ekb2 y2ww figs-metaphor figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε περιτομή&ἀκροβυστία&πίστις&ἀγάπης 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision**, **uncircumcision**, **faith**, and **love**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **faith** in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “being circumcised … not being circumcised … trusting … loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
679 GAL 5 13 6 yp6r qp6b figs-gendernotations figs-idiom ἀδελφοί οὔτε περιτομή τι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 brothers means anything See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Here, **anything** refers to being important to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither circumcision nor uncircumcision is capable of being important to God” or “neither circumcision nor uncircumcision matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
680 GAL 5 13 6 viv6 bw6b figs-explicit figs-ellipsis ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί πίστις δι’ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “faith working through love is capable of something” or “faith working through love matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
681 GAL 5 14 7 ct8i jj48 figs-metaphor ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται ἐτρέχετε καλῶς 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command You were running This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment” (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments” Here Paul refers to becoming more spiritually mature as if someone were **running** a race. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You were making excellent progress in your faith” or “you were doing so well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
682 GAL 5 14 7 qt9c ntd5 figs-yousingular figs-rquestion ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν τίς ὑμᾶς ἐνέκοψεν, ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι? 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself You were running The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not let have let someone hinder you, not to be persuaded by truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
683 GAL 5 7 w0iq grammar-connect-logic-result ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι 1 This clause provides the expected result of what Paul said in the previous clause. Use a natural form for indicating a result. Alternate translation: “which is resulting in you not being persuaded by truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
684 GAL 5 7 bmy4 figs-activepassive ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι 1 You were running If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the truth is not persuading you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
685 GAL 5 7 vuf8 ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι 1 The phrase translated as **not to be persuaded by truth** could also be translated as “not to obey the truth.”
686 GAL 5 7 krep figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείᾳ 1 See how you translated **truth** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
687 GAL 5 8 sx6u figs-explicit ἡ πεισμονὴ 1 persuasion Here, **persuasion** refers to some Galatians being persuaded to obey the laws God gave the Jews instead of trusting in Jesus for salvation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You being persuaded to stop trusting in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
688 GAL 5 8 bqxm writing-pronouns τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **the one calling you** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who is calling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
689 GAL 5 9 q926 writing-proverbs μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ 1 Here Paul quotes or creates a proverb, which is a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb gives a comparison: Just as a small amount of **leaven** **leavens** a whole **lump** of dough, so a small amount of false teaching can deceive many people in a church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It has been said that a little leaven causes a whole lump of dough to be leavened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
690 GAL 5 9 xds5 translate-unknown μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ 1 The word **leaven** refers to a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. Here, **leavens** refers to the fermentation process and **lump** refers to the batch of dough. If your readers would not be familiar with **leaven**, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “A little yeast causes all of the batch of dough to swell up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
691 GAL 5 10 usoc figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you will take no other view Here, **in the Lord** indicates the basis or cause for which Paul was **confident in** the Galatian believers, and **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression “in Christ” in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “on the basis of us being in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
692 GAL 5 10 enp1 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view Here, **nothing otherwise** refers to **nothing** other than what Paul has told his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will think nothing other than what I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
693 GAL 5 10 jc72 figs-genericnoun ὁ&ταράσσων ὑμᾶς&ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 is troubling you Jesus is speaking of several people who were **troubling** the Galatian believers, not just one particular man. Paul states in [1:7](../01/07.md) that there were several false teachers causing trouble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “those troubling you … whoever they may be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
694 GAL 5 10 llh5 figs-abstractnouns βαστάσει τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
695 GAL 5 11 nv5x figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
696 GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ&εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help emphasize that he does not **proclaim circumcision**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “were I still proclaiming circumcision, then why am I still being persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
697 GAL 5 11 gaq4 figs-metonymy περιτομὴν&κηρύσσω 1 Here, **proclaim circumcision** refers to telling people that they must be circumcised in order to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “proclaim the need to be circumcised” or “proclaim that everyone must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
698 GAL 5 11 wgui figs-abstractnouns περιτομὴν 1 See how you translated **circumcision** in [verse 6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
699 GAL 5 11 hgo8 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι διώκομαι? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I would not still be persecuted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
700 GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive τί ἔτι διώκομαι&κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “why are people still persecuting me … I would have removed the stumbling block of the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
701 GAL 5 11 l5tk figs-explicit ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 This sentence gives both the result of proclaiming **circumcision** and the reason why someone who proclaimed **circumcision** would not be **persecuted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would not be persecuted because proclaiming circumcision would remove the stumbling block of the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
702 GAL 5 11 z2hj figs-possession τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the stumbling block** that is **the cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the stumbling block, that is, the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
703 GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor τὸ σκάνδαλον 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Here, **stumbling block** refers to something that offends people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
704 GAL 5 11 nipj figs-metonymy τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Here, **the cross** refers to Christ’s sacrificial death on the cross, which was a very offensive way to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of what Jesus did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
705 GAL 5 12 e7c2 figs-exclamations ὄφελον καὶ ἀποκόψονται, οἱ ἀναστατοῦντες ὑμᾶς 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “O how I wish that the ones disturbing you would even castrate themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
706 GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor καὶ ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could mean: (1) Paul wished that the false teachers who wanted to circumcise the Galatian believers would cut off their male organs, as stated literally in the ULT. (2) Paul wished that the false teachers would leave the Christian community. Alternate translation: “will even remove themselves from among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
707 GAL 5 13 y1g7 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** here could indicate: (1) Paul is transitioning back to the topic he introduced in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (2) the reason for the harsh words Paul said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I wish they would do so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
708 GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς&ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
709 GAL 5 13 w433 figs-explicit ἐλευθερίᾳ&τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 1 For Here, **freedom** implies that Christ sets believers free from being required to obey the laws God gave the Jews. See how you translated the similar expression in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “freedom from the law … that freedom from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
710 GAL 5 13 dgaf figs-abstractnouns ἐλευθερίᾳ&ἐλευθερίαν 1 you were called to freedom See how you translated **freedom** in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
711 GAL 5 13 yp6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
712 GAL 5 13 b62s figs-personification ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who could take advantage of **an opportunity**. He is referring to believers thinking they can sin because they do not have to obey the laws God gave the Jews . If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
713 GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-metaphor τῇ σαρκί 1 Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for your sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
714 GAL 5 13 ierd figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which believers should **serve one another**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
715 GAL 5 13 iki8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης 1 See how you translated **love** in [verse 6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
716 GAL 5 14 cu9y grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “You must do this for one another because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
717 GAL 5 14 ct8i figs-metaphor ὁ&πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) this **one command** sums up **all the law**. Alternate translation: “all the law is summed up in just one command” (2) someone who obeys this **one command** obeys **all the law**. Alternate translation: “by obeying one commandment, you obey the whole law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
718 GAL 5 14 eaeo figs-activepassive ὁ&πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one command has fulfilled all the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
719 GAL 5 14 pda2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ&νόμος 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command See how you translated **law** in the [2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
720 GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are singular here because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **you**, **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
721 GAL 5 14 zdv4 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself **You will love** is a statement that Moses uses to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
722 GAL 5 15 yk60 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε 1 Here Paul speaks of the Galatian believers fighting each other as if they were wild animals that attack each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “if you are mistreating and hurting one another” or “if you are acting like wild animals that bite and devour one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
723 GAL 5 15 l2m9 figs-metaphor μὴ ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε 1 Here Paul speaks of the Galatian believers fighting each other as if they were wild animals that eat each other. Here **consumed** could mean: (1) the believers themselves would be destroyed. Alternate translation: “you might not be destroyed by one another” (2) the fellowship of Galatian believers would be destroyed. Alternate translation: “your group of believers might not be destroyed by one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
724 GAL 5 15 itx6 figs-activepassive μὴ ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not consume one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
725 GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act by the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
726 GAL 5 16 tk8i figs-explicit Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit The phrase **by the Spirit** implies being directed by the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the direction of the Holy Spirit” or “according to how the Holy Spirit leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The phrase **by the Spirit** implies being directed or controlled by the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the direction of the Holy Spirit” or “according to how the Holy Spirit leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
727 GAL 5 16 ut3t figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
728 GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 The phrase **you would certainly not fulfill desires**” is an idiom that refers to not doing what someone desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would certainly not do what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The phrase **you would certainly not fulfill desires** refers to not doing what someone sinfully wants to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would certainly not do what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
729 GAL 5 16 iron figs-abstractnouns ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desires**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
730 GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **desires**. He is referring to what a person wants to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how this phrase is translated in [Romans 13:14](../../rom/13/14.md). Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
731 GAL 5 16 w8a1 figs-metaphor σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
732 GAL 5 17 mbdm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why Paul commanded his readers to “walk by the Spirit” in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this to you because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul commanded his readers to “walk by the Spirit” in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this to you because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
733 GAL 5 17 xjj9 m7td figs-explicit figs-metaphor ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἡ&σὰρξ&τῆς σαρκός 1 The phrase **desires against** implies desiring to do what is **against the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh desires to do things that are against the Spirit” or “the flesh desires to do what is contrary to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
734 GAL 5 17 m7td xjj9 figs-metaphor figs-explicit ἡ…σὰρξ…τῆς σαρκός ἡ&σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The phrase **desires against** implies desiring to do what is **against the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh desires to do things that are against the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
735 GAL 5 17 w7kv figs-personification ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ&σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who **desires**. He is referring to what a person **desires** to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
736 GAL 5 17 oyog figs-ellipsis τὸ…Πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός τὸ&Πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 Paul is leaving out some of a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If if would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the Spirit desires against the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If if would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the Spirit desires against the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
737 GAL 5 17 xp0l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why the **desires** of **the flesh** and **the Spirit** are against each other. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “This is for the reason that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the **desires** of **the flesh** and **the Spirit** are against each other. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “This is for the reason that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
738 GAL 5 17 r3dk writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 The pronoun **these** refers to **the flesh** and **the Spirit**. If if would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh and the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
739 GAL 5 17 ukce grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
740 GAL 5 17 l0lu figs-explicit ἃ…θέλητε ταῦτα ἃ&θέλητε ταῦτα 1 This clause refers to the good **things** that Christians want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those good things that you would desire to do as Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
741 GAL 5 18 cyud figs-activepassive Πνεύματι ἄγεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit leads you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit leads you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
742 GAL 5 18 san8 figs-personification οὐκ ἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a ruler whose authority people had to live **under**. He means that Christians are not controlled by the requirements of **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how **under the law** is translated in [Romans 6:14](../../rom/06/14.md). Alternative translation: “the law does not control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
743 GAL 5 18 esbf νόμον grammar-collectivenouns grammar-collectivenouns νόμον 1 not under the law Here, **the law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. See how **the law** is translated in [Romans 2:12](../../rom/02/12.md). Alternate translation: “God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) See how you translated **the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
744 GAL 5 19 alfa figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός…πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός & πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **works**, **sexual immorality**, **impurity**, and **licentiousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh does … being sexually immoral, being impure, being licentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
745 GAL 5 19 yf2a figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **works**. He is referring to what a person does as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what people do because of their sinful natures” or “the things people do because they are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
746 GAL 5 19 pu5b figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature See how you translated **flesh** in [verses 13](../05/13.md) and [16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
747 GAL 5 20 rgjl figs-abstractnouns εἰδωλολατρία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι, ἔρις, ζῆλοι, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **idolatry**, **sorcery**, **hostilities**, **strife**, **jealousy**, **anger**, **rivalry**, **divisions**, and **factions**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “worshiping idols, practicing witchcraft, being hostile, striving with others, being jealous, angrily bursting out, causing people to divide, making factious groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
748 GAL 5 21 fdce figs-abstractnouns φθόνοι, μέθαι, κῶμοι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **envy**, **drunkenness**, and **drunken celebrations**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being envious, being drunk, being drunk while celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
749 GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Here Paul speaks of **the kingdom of God** as if it were property that a child could **inherit** from a parent when that parent dies. Here, Paul uses the word **inherit** to refer to being able to live in **the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “will not live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul speaks of **the kingdom of God** as if it were property that a child could **inherit** from a parent when that parent dies. Paul uses the word **inherit** here to refer to being able to dwell in **the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “will not dwell in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
750 GAL 5 22 ejgc figs-metaphor figs-possession ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ὁ&καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the fruit** that **the Spirit** gives to believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fruit that the Spirit gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
751 GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς ὁ&καρπὸς 1 the fruit of the Spirit is love…faith the fruit of the Spirit is love … faith Here, **fruit** refers to a result or outcome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the product” or “the result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
752 GAL 5 22 fsxn figs-abstractnouns ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη, μακροθυμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **joy**, **peace**, **patience**, **kindness**, **goodness**, and **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting lovingly, joyfully, peacefully, patiently, kindly, in a good manner, faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
753 GAL 5 22 famj figs-explicit εἰρήνη 1 Here, **peace** could mean: (1) having a peaceful feeling. Alternate translation: “feeling peaceful” (2) being in a state of peace with other people. Alternate translation: “peace with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **peace** could mean: (1) a peaceful feeling. Alternate translation: “feeling peaceful” (2) a peaceful relationship with other people. Alternate translation: “peace with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
754 GAL 5 23 wl7x figs-abstractnouns πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **gentleness**, and **self-control**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting gently, and controlling oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
755 GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if **the flesh** were a person that they **have crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person that believers **have crucified**. He means that Christians refuse to live according to their sinful natures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according to their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
756 GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) See how you translated the same use of **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
757 GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases refer specifically to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) These phrases specifically refer to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
758 GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
759 GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
760 GAL 5 25 xvcl figs-activepassive ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
761 GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to a Christian’s spirit being alive, which will result in a person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **live** refers to a Christian’s spirit being alive, which will result in that person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
762 GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit See how you translated **walk by the Spirit** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
763 GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.<br><br>### Brothers<br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New Creation<br><br>People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) # Galatians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some additional issues that concerned him about the Galatian believers.<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers” in [verses 1](../06/01.md) and [18[(../06/18.md).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New Creation<br><br>Someone who becomes Christian is a new creation that is united with Christ ([6:15](../06/15.md); [2 Corinthians 5:17](../../2co/05/17.md)). Christians have been given new way of living that will result in eternal life. This is more significant than a person’s ancestry or attempts to obey the laws God gave the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in a variety of ways throughout this letter. In this chapter he frequently uses “flesh” to refer to sinful human nature. He contrasts “flesh” with the Spirit in [verse 8](../06/08.md). However, he also uses “flesh” to refer to a person’s physical body or outward appearance in [verses 12–13](../06/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
764 GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
765 GAL 6 1 vm8f figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Here, “a man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) Here, **a man** does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
766 GAL 6 1 vts8 figs-explicit προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could refer to: (1) a believer catching another believer committing a sin. Alternate translation: “a man is discovered while committing any trespass” (2) a person who is overcome by temptation so that they sin. Alternate translation: “a man is overwhelmed by temptation and commits any trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This could refer to: (1) a believer discovering that another believer is committing a sin. Alternate translation: “a man is discovered while committing any trespass” (2) a person who is overcome by temptation and sins. Alternate translation: “a man is overwhelmed by temptation and commits any trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
767 GAL 6 1 xmbm figs-abstractnouns ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespass**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “tresspassing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespass**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “trespassing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
768 GAL 6 1 t4rm figs-explicit οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual This phrase refers to spiritually immature believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually mature ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the spiritual** refers to spiritually immature believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually mature ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
769 GAL 6 1 tr5r figs-possession πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **gentleness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a gentle spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
770 GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
771 GAL 6 1 jrve σκοπῶν 1 Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for”
772 GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christian readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. Alternate translation: “yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
773 GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that person’s sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
774 GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 Paul speaks of the spiritual struggles of immature believers as if they were **burdens** that a person could **carry**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help one another overcome spiritual weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
775 GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
776 GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **fulfill** refers to obeying completely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will completely obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
777 GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the law of Christ** most likely refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
778 GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
779 GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν δοκεῖ & φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν 1 Although the words **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
780 GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
781 GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
782 GAL 6 4 wo1z figs-123person τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον τὸ&ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let each one of you examine your own work, and then you will have reason to boast in yourself and not in someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
783 GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει τὸ&ἑαυτὸν&ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
784 GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ καύχημα ἕξει τὸ&ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ&τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
785 GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερον εἰς ἑαυτὸν&εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves or others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
786 GAL 6 5 euhw grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
787 GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for his own work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
788 GAL 6 5 hwxg figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burden**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
789 GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-123person κοινωνείτω…ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς κοινωνείτω & ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good {things} with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good things with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
790 GAL 6 6 irxx figs-activepassive ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom someone is teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
791 GAL 6 6 c1rs figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **the word** refers to what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
792 GAL 6 6 n26e figs-euphemism ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to these things or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
793 GAL 6 7 o9sk figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε, Θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves. No one can mock God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
794 GAL 6 7 tm7g grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is a reason why **God is not mocked**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
795 GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 Although **man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that the person will also reap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
796 GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ…ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει ὃ&ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing those results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of the seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever they do” or “everyone receives the results of whatever they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **sow** refers to doing things that will have consequences, and **reap** represents experiencing those consequences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of the seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever they do” or “everyone receives the results of whatever they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
797 GAL 6 8 ejbf figs-exmetaphor σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ…σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ&σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Paul continues the metaphor from the previous verse of a farmer **sowing** seeds and harvesting crops. The word **sowing** refers to doing deeds that will have consequences. Here, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions in order to satisfy his sinful nature, and **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person doing good actions in order to please the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doings things to satisfy his sinful nature … doing things to please the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) Paul continues the metaphor from the previous verse of a farmer **sowing** seeds and harvesting crops. The word **sowing** refers to doing deeds that will have consequences. Here, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions in order to satisfy his sinful nature, and **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person doing good actions in order to please the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doings things to satisfy his sinful nature … doing things to please the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
798 GAL 6 8 p9gl figs-metaphor σάρκα…σαρκὸς σάρκα&σαρκὸς 1 See how you translated the same use of **flesh** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
799 GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor θερίσει…θερίσει θερίσει&θερίσει 1 In this verse **reap** represents experiencing the results of an action. See how you translated the same use of **reap** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) In this verse **reap** represents experiencing the consequences of doing something. See how you translated the same use of **reap** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
800 GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-explicit φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction Here, **destruction** refers to experiencing punishment forever in hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
801 GAL 6 9 8 xgi4 cc72 figs-exclusive figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν…θερίσομεν θερίσει φθοράν 1 When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so we would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
802 GAL 6 9 xruj xgi4 figs-explicit figs-exclusive τὸ…καλὸν μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν&θερίσομεν 1 See how you translated **good** in [4:18](../04/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) When Paul says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
803 GAL 6 9 u77c xruj figs-explicit καιρῷ…ἰδίῳ τὸ&καλὸν 1 for at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time” See how you translated **good** in [4:18](../04/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
804 GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ&ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time”
805 GAL 6 9 u8fx figs-declarative μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Paul is using a statement to give a condition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a condition. Alternate translation: “if not becoming weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
806 GAL 6 9 hw39 figs-metaphor θερίσομεν 1 See how you translated **reap** in [verse 7](../06/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
807 GAL 6 10 ax66 grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 So then **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the concluding result of what Paul has said in [verses 1–9](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Because all these things are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the concluding result of what Paul has said in [verses 1–9](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Because all these things are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
808 GAL 6 10 gih4 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν…ἐργαζώμεθα ἔχομεν&ἐργαζώμεθα 1 When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so we would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
809 GAL 6 10 yjpq figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθὸν 1 See how you translated **good** in [4:18](../04/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
810 GAL 6 10 e8qt figs-nominaladj πάντας 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to indicate a **all** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to indicate **all** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
811 GAL 6 10 jz9i figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith Here Paul refers to Christians as if they were a **household**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “those who are Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Here Paul refers to Christians as if they were a **household of the faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
812 GAL 6 10 qz9c figs-explicit τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that has faith in Jesus” or “that believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that has faith in Jesus” or “that believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
813 GAL 6 11 i7ap figs-imperative ἴδετε 1 **See** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please observe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
814 GAL 6 11 d6rk figs-explicit τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 with my own hand This could mean: (1) Paul had someone write most of this letter as Paul told him what to write, but Paul himself wrote this last part of the letter. Alternate translation: “with my own hand in the last part of this letter” (2) Paul wrote the whole letter himself. Alternate translation: “with my own hand in this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
815 GAL 6 12 kmd7 figs-explicit εὐπροσωπῆσαι 1 make a good impression Pauls readers would have understood that he was referring to making **a good impression** on legalistic Jews who did not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make a good impression on the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Paul’s readers would have understood that he was referring to making **a good impression** on legalistic Jews who did not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make a good impression on the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
816 GAL 6 12 r5p1 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκί 1 in the flesh Here, **the flesh** refers to someone’s outward physical appearance, specifically the appearance of someone who has been circumcised in order to impress the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with regard to physical appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
817 GAL 6 12 hnse grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 in the flesh Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
818 GAL 6 12 n8mc figs-activepassive μὴ διώκωνται 1 in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that the Jews would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews might not persecute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that the Jews might do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews might not persecute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
819 GAL 6 12 jd4x figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the cross Here, **the cross** refers to believing in Christ’s sacrificial death on the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for believing in what Christ Jesus did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **the cross** refers to believing in Christ’s sacrificial death on **the cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for believing in what Christ Jesus did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
820 GAL 6 13 xod7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
821 GAL 6 13 cgi6 figs-activepassive οἱ περιτετμημένοι…ὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι οἱ περιτετμημένοι&ὑμᾶς περιτέμνεσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones who have had a person circumcise them … a person to circumcise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
822 GAL 6 13 xtsq grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
823 GAL 6 13 q2uh figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ 1 See how you translated the same use of **flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
824 GAL 6 14 yek3 figs-exclamations ἐμοὶ…μὴ γένοιτο ἐμοὶ&μὴ γένοιτο 1 The phrase **may it never be** is an exclamation that communicates a strong desire against doing something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this meaning. Alternate translation: “may I absolutely never” or “may I certainly never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
825 GAL 6 14 p2zz grammar-connect-exceptions ἐμοὶ…μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐμοὶ&μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “may it ever only be to me to boast” or “may I only ever boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
826 GAL 6 14 ul40 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the cross** as if it were a location someone could **boast** **in**. He means that he boasts with reference to **the cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when referring to the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
827 GAL 6 14 evgd figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the cross** refers to Christ’s sacrificial death on the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what our Lord Jesus Christ did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **the cross** refers to Christ’s sacrificial death on **the cross**. Paul uses **the cross** here in a slightly different way than he did in [verse 12](../06/12.md). See how you translated the same use of **the cross** in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “what our Lord Jesus Christ did when he died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
828 GAL 6 14 vsa8 figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified the world to me, and me to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified the world to me, and me to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
829 GAL 6 14 miwn figs-metonymy κόσμος…κόσμῳ κόσμος&κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** could refer to: (1) the entire world system, which is naturally hostile to God. This **world** operates according to the “elementary principles” ([4:3](../04/03.md)) that exist during this “present evil age” ([1:4](../01/04.md)). Alternate translation: “this world system that opposes God … to this world system that opposes God” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God, which is how John uses **the world** in [1 John 2:15](../../1jn/02/15.md). Alternate translation: “what people value in the world … to what people value in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
830 GAL 6 14 lpr2 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται 1 Here Paul speaks of **the world** no longer influencing him as if **the world** were a dead man who had been **crucified**. Just as a dead person cannot directly influence anyone, so the world could not influence Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the world does not influence me” or “it is as if the world is dead to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831 GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I have been crucified to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
832 GAL 6 14 zhnc figs-metaphor κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world This could mean: (1) the same as the previous clause, but stated in reverse order for emphasis. Alternate translation: “and I am not influenced by the world” (2) the opposite of the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I do not influence the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
833 GAL 6 15 pfcn grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul only boasts “in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I may boast in the cross because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
834 GAL 6 15 ck7p figs-idiom οὔτε γὰρ περιτομή τὶ ἐστιν, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 Here, **anything** refers to being important to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither circumcision is important to God, nor uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
835 GAL 6 15 rd5c figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but a new creation is something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but a new creation is something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
836 GAL 6 15 n6n7 figs-metaphor καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Here, **a new creation** refers to the whole process when someone trusts in Jesus and the Holy Spirit gives that person new life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how **new creation** is translated in [2 Corinthians 5:17](../../2co/05/17.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit giving someone a new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **a new creation** refers to the whole process when someone trusts in Jesus and the Holy Spirit gives that person a new life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how **new creation** is translated in [2 Corinthians 5:17](../../2co/05/17.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit giving someone a new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
837 GAL 6 16 wrnk figs-metaphor στοιχήσουσιν 1 See how you translated the similar use of **walk** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
838 GAL 6 16 evn3 figs-explicit τῷ κανόνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this standard** refers to what Paul said in the previous verse, specifically the importance of someone being a “new creation.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as new creations” or “as those whom the Holy Spirit has given new lives”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
839 GAL 6 16 n987 translate-blessing εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul adds a blessing here. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may they and the Israel of God experience peace and mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
840 GAL 6 16 auo7 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **peace** and **mercy**, you could express the ideas in a different way. See how you translated **peace** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “may God make them feel peaceful and be merciful to them and to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **peace** and **mercy**, you could express the ideas in a different way. See how you translated **peace** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “may God make them feel peaceful and be merciful to them and to the Israel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
841 GAL 6 16 b4al figs-explicit καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) Jews who believe in Jesus, in which case **and** functions as it usually does to connect two things. Alternate translation: “and upon the Jewish believers of God” (2) everyone who believes in Jesus, in which case **and** indicates that **them** refers to the same group of people as **the Israel of God**. Alternate translation: “that is, upon God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) This could refer to: (1) Jews who believe in Jesus, in which case **and** functions as it usually does to connect two things. Alternate translation: “and upon the Jewish believers of God” (2) everyone who believes in Jesus, in which case **and** indicates that **them** refers to the same group of people as **the Israel of God**. Alternate translation: “that is, upon God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
842 GAL 6 17 cidu grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦ λοιποῦ, κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω; ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I carry in my body the marks of Jesus, from now on let no one cause me trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
843 GAL 6 17 cz8a figs-explicit κόπους μοι 1 trouble me Here, **trouble** refers to the distress that some of the Galatian Christians caused for Paul because of the problems he writes about in this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “me trouble with regard to these issues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **trouble** refers to the distress that some of the Galatian Christians caused for Paul because of the problems that he wrote about in this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “trouble me with regard to these issues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
844 GAL 6 17 ww8m figs-abstractnouns κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω 1 trouble me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let no one trouble me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
845 GAL 6 17 ahlc figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω ἐγὼ & τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 Here Paul speaks about **the marks** on his **body** as if they were objects that he carried around. He means that **the marks** remained on his **body** everywhere he went. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the marks of Jesus are always on my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
846 GAL 6 17 j729 figs-possession τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus Here, **the marks of Jesus** refers to the scars on Paul’s body that were made by people beating him because he taught about **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the scars I received because I taught the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
847 GAL 6 18 ch05 translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Galatian believers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May your spirit experience kindness from our Lord Jesus Christ” or “I pray that your spirit will have grace from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
848 GAL 6 18 m7mj figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated **grace** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
849 GAL 6 18 r9zk figs-genericnoun τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is speaking of the spirits of his readers in general, not of one particular **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
850 GAL 6 18 wywe figs-explicit τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “you” (2) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternative translation: “your inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
851 GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])